Canon Pixma Mg6620 Users Manual

MG6600 to the manual 37020450-07a9-41ee-97a8-8704bf52002d

2015-03-09

: Canon Canon-Pixma-Mg6620-Users-Manual-589348 canon-pixma-mg6620-users-manual-589348 canon pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 745 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

MG6600 series

Online Manual

Read Me First

Useful Functions Available on the Machine

Overview of the Machine

Printing

Copying

Scanning

Troubleshooting

English

Contents

Read Me First. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Search Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Notes on Operation Explanations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Useful Functions Available on the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Access Point Mode". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Download a Variety of Content Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Print/Scan by Placing a Smartphone over the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Connection Methods Available on the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Connection without Using an Access Point (Windows XP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Notice for Web Service Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Use PIXMA Cloud Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Application Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Using PIXMA Cloud Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Cloud Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Cloud Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Printing Your Printer registration ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Adding a Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Printing with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Checking Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Online Storage Integration Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

How to Use Print from E-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Preparing to Use Print from E-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Timezone List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Printing with Windows RT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Overview of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Safety Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Regulatory and Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Main Components and Basic Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

About the Power Supply of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Confirming that the Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Turning the Machine On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Loading Paper / Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Media Types You Can Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Media Types You Cannot Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Printing Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Printing Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Letter, Legal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Loading Originals on the Platen Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

How to Load Originals for Each Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Originals You Can Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Before Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Inserting the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Removing the Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Replacing an Ink Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Replacing an Ink Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Checking the Ink Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Cleaning the Print Head Deeply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Performing Maintenance from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Cleaning the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Changing the Machine Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Registering a Changed Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Reducing the Printer Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Device user settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

PictBridge print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Home screen background color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Cassette settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

About ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

About Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Information about Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Useful Information about Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Default Values Set at Factory (Network). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN. . 265

Printing Out Network Setting Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

About Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Changing and Confirming Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

IJ Network Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Canon IJ Network Tool Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Canon IJ Network Tool Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Changing the WEP Detailed Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Monitoring Wireless Network Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Viewing the Modified Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Appendix for Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Using the Card Slot over a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

About Technical Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Useful Information about Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Key Points to Successful Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Canceling a Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

About the Administrator Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Printing from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Printing with Easy Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Setting the Stapling Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Execute Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Displaying the Print Results before Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Specifying Color Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software). . . . . . 351

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Interpreting the ICC Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Adjusting Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Adjusting Brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Adjusting Intensity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

Adjusting Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

Page Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Quality & Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Color Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Canon IJ Printer Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Maintenance of this Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Display the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Updating the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Before Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Printing Photo Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Printing Photographs Saved on a Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

About Advanced photo Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

Printing Photo with Trimming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

Using Useful Display Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Using the Slide Show Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

Printing Documents (PDF File) Saved on a Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

Printing with Web Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Notice for Web Service Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Downloading and Printing Template Forms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

Printing from a Digital Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

About PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Paper setting for Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Displaying the Preview Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Reducing or Enlarging a Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

Two-Sided Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

About Special Copy Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

Copying Thick Originals Such as Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Copying without Borders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

Copying Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

Scanning from a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

Scanning with IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

Starting IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Easy Scanning with Auto Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

Scanning Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453

Scanning Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Scanning with Favorite Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Scanning Multiple Items at One Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

Saving after Checking Scan Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

Sending Scanned Images via E-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

IJ Scan Utility Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

IJ Scan Utility Main Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

Settings Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Network Selection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

Save Settings Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523

Image Stitch Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526

Scanning with Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

Image Corrections and Color Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531

General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535

Updating the Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537

Before Installing the Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

Installing the Scanner Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539

Useful Information on Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541

Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542

Data Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545

Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547

Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . 548

Attaching the Scanned Data to E-mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552

Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555

Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . 559

Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562

Problems with Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563

Problems with the Machine While Using with Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565

Printing Speed Is Slow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568

Cannot Use the Card Slot via Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569

Cannot Use the Card Slot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570

Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings. . . . . . . . . . . . 571

Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572

Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573

Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575

Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577

Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579

The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580

Other Problems with Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582

Forgot an Access Point Name, SSID, or a Network Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583

The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585

The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586

Checking Information about the Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587

How to Restore the Machine's Network Settings to Factory Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589

Problems with Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

Printing Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

Paper Jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593

Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594

Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596

Copying/Printing Stops Before It Is Completed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597

Problems with Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598

Print Results Not Satisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

Cannot Print to End of Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601

No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602

Lines Are Misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605

Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606

Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

Back of the Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611

Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612

Colors Are Uneven or Streaked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613

Ink Is Not Ejected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615

Problems with Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616

Problems with Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617

Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618

Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619

Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620

Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621

Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622

Slow Scanning Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623

"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624

Computer Stops Operating during Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625

Scanned Image Does Not Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626

Scan Results Not Satisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627

Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629

Cannot Scan at the Correct Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630

Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation

Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631

Item Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632

Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633

Problems with the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634

The Machine Cannot Be Powered On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635

The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636

Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637

Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638

The Display on the Touch Screen Cannot Be Seen At All. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639

An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640

Cannot Remove a Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641

Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642

Cannot Print/Scan from NFC Compliant Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643

Problems with Installation/Downloading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644

Cannot Install the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645

Uninstalling IJ Network Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646

About Errors/Messages Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647

If an Error Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648

A Message Is Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649

Error Message Appears on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653

If You Cannot Resolve the Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655

Support Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656

Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657

1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658

1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660

1304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662

Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665

In Other Cases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668

1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669

1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670

1250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671

1310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672

1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673

1403. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

1405. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675

1410. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676

1411. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677

1412. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678

1413. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679

1414. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680

1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681

1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682

1680. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683

1681. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684

1684. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685

1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

1689. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687

1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688

1701. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689

1712. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690

1713. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691

1714. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692

1715. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693

1871. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696

2120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699

2700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700

2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701

2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702

4100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703

4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704

5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705

5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706

5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707

5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708

5400. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709

5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710

5B01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711

5B12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712

5B13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713

5B14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

5B15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715

6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716

6500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717

6502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718

6800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719

6801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720

6900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721

6901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722

6902. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723

6910. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724

6911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725

6930. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726

6931. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727

6932. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728

6933. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729

6934. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730

6935. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731

6936. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732

6937. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733

6938. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734

6940. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735

6941. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736

6942. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737

6943. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738

6944. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739

6945. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740

6946. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741

B202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742

B203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743

B204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744

C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745

Read Me First

Notes on Online Manual Usage

How to Print

Notes on Online Manual Usage

• Reproduction, diversion or copying of any text, photo or image published in the Online Manual

(hereinafter referred to as "this guide"), in whole or in part, is prohibited.

• In principle, Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers.

In addition, Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons.

Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion

of information in this guide, or suspension/stoppage of disclosure of this guide.

• Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care, please contact the service

center if you find any incorrect or missing information.

• In principle, the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale.

• This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon. See the manual supplied

with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide.

How to Print

Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide.

To print background colors and images, follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options, then

select the Print backgrounds checkbox.

1. Click Print... from the File menu.

2. Click Show Details or (Down Arrow).

3. Select Safari from the pop-up menu.

Symbols Used in This Document

Warning

Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect

operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.

Caution

Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect

operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.

Important

Instructions including important information. To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the

product, be sure to read these indications.

Note

Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.

Basic

Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.

Note

• Icons may vary depending on your product.

Trademarks and Licenses

• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other

countries.

• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other

countries.

• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or

other countries.

• Mac, Mac OS, AirPort, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,

registered in the U.S. and other countries. AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.

• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under

license.

• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Android, Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks

or trademarks of Google Inc.

• Adobe, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either

registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other

countries.

• Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemühle FineArt GmbH.

• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.

Note

• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided

that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the

following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and

the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

3. Neither the name of Apple Computer, Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to

endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS

OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO

EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT

LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR

PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF

LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR

OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF

THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Apache License

Version 2.0, January 2004

http://www.apache.org/licenses/

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION

1. Definitions.

"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by

Sections 1 through 9 of this document.

"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting

the License.

"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled

by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means

(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by

contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)

beneficial ownership of such entity.

"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this

License.

"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to

software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source

form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to

other media types.

"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under

the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example

is provided in the Appendix below).

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or

derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other

modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,

Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)

to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.

"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any

modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to

Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity

authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"

means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its

representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code

control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for

the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is

conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a

Contribution."

"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution

has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.

2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor

hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable

sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.

3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby

grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as

stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and

otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by

such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of

their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent

litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the

Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent

infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate

as of the date such litigation is filed.

4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in

any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the

following conditions:

1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and

2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;

and

3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,

patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those

notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and

4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that

You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such

NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at

least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative

Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,

within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices

normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not

modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You

distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such

additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.

You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or

different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,

or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of

the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.

5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally

submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of

this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein

shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with

Licensor regarding such Contributions.

6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service

marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in

describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.

7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides

the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT

WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without

limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or

FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the

appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your

exercise of permissions under this License.

8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),

contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent

acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,

indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this

License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of

goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages

or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,

You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other

liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,

You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other

Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any

liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any

such warranty or additional liability.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Enter keywords in the search window and click (Search).

You can search for target pages in this guide.

Search Tips

You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window.

Note

• The displayed screen may vary.

• When searching from this page or the "Home" page without entering your product's model name or your

application's name, all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search.

If you want to narrow down the search results, add your product's model name or your application's

name to the keywords.

•Searching for Functions

Enter your product's model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about

Example: When you want to learn how to load paper

Enter "(your product's model name) load paper" in the search window and perform a search

•Troubleshooting Errors

Enter your product's model name and a support code

Example: When the following error screen appears

Enter "(your product's model name) 1000" in the search window and perform a search

Note

• The displayed screen varies depending on your product.

•Searching for Application Functions

Enter your application's name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about

Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden

Enter "My Image Garden collage" in the search window and perform a search

•Searching for Reference Pages

Enter your model name and a reference page title*

* You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well.

Example: When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning

procedure page

Refer to "Color Settings Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.

Enter "(your product's model name) scan Color Settings Tab" in the search window and perform a

Notes on Operation Explanations

In this guide, most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when OS X Mavericks

v10.9 is used.

Useful Functions Available on the Machine

Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Access Point Mode"

Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden

Download a Variety of Content Materials

Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application)

Print Easily by Placing a Smartphone over the Machine

Connection Methods Available on the Machine

Notice for Web Service Printing

Use PIXMA Cloud Link

Printing with Google Cloud Print

Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device

Checking Printer Information

Online Storage Integration Function

How to Use Print from E-mail

Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions

Printing with Windows RT

Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Access Point Mode"

The machine supports "access point mode" in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a

computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point or wireless LAN router.

Switch to "access point mode" with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly.

When you use the machine with the access point mode, be sure to specify the access point name of the

machine and the security setting in advance.

Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode

Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden

Organize Images Easily

In My Image Garden, you can register the names of people and events to photos.

You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar, event,

and person. This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on.

Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows

Based on the information registered to photos, Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your

computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards. The created items appear in slide

shows.

If there is an item you like, you can easily print it in just two steps.

1. In Image Display of Quick Menu, select the item you want to print.

2. Print the item with My Image Garden.

Place Photos Automatically

Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the

theme.

Other Various Functions

My Image Garden has many other useful functions.

Refer to "What You Can Do with My Image Garden" for details.

Download a Variety of Content Materials

CREATIVE PARK

A "printing materials site" where you can download all the printing materials for free.

Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper

parts are provided.

It is easily accessible from Quick Menu.

CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM

A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive

printing materials.

PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden. Downloaded PREMIUM Contents

can be printed directly with My Image Garden.

To download PREMIUM Contents, make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks/ink cartridges are installed for

all colors on a supported printer.

Note

• The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice.

Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application)

You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages, anytime and anywhere,

by simply accessing Easy-PhotoPrint+ on the web from a computer or tablet.

By using Easy-PhotoPrint+, you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble

of installation.

Moreover, you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as

Facebook, or with online storage, web albums, etc.

Refer to "Easy-PhotoPrint+ Guide" for details.

Print/Scan by Placing a Smartphone over the Machine

The machine supports NFC (Near Field Communication), a short-range wireless communication technology.

By placing an NFC-enabled Android smartphone over the NFC mark on the operation panel of the machine,

you can print photos and documents saved on the smartphone or scan items placed on the platen of the

machine.

Before Using the NFC Function on the Machine

Download and install "PIXMA Printing Solutions".

Download free from Google Play.

Important

• May not be available depending on your country or region.

• The application can be downloaded for free; however, Internet connection fees apply.

After completing installation of the application, follow the steps below to set up the product.

1. Start the application, then tap the screen.

2. Check if your product name is displayed below (printer).

If displayed, setup has been completed. The subsequent steps are not required.

If not displayed, tap (printer), then proceed to the next step.

3. Tap Printer Setup, then follow the on-screen instructions to set.

Printing with the NFC Function

1. Start "PIXMA Printing Solutions".

2. Select Photo Print or Document Print.

3. Select the photo or document you want to print, then set the paper size, etc. as needed.

4. Place the smartphone over the machine.

Printing starts.

Important

• If printing does not start, change the position over which to place the smartphone.

Scanning with the NFC Function

1. Place the item on the platen of the machine.

2. Start "PIXMA Printing Solutions".

3. Select Scan, then set the item size, etc. as needed.

4. Place the smartphone over the machine.

Scanning starts.

Important

• If scanning does not start, change the position over which to place the smartphone.

Troubleshooting

Cannot Print/Scan from an NFC-enabled Device

Connection Methods Available on the Machine

The following connection methods are available on the machine.

Wireless Connection

With an access point

Without an access point

USB Connection

Wireless Connection

There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device (such as a smartphone). One method is

to connect using an access point, and the other method is to connect without using an access point.

The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time.

If you have an access point (or wireless network router), it is recommended that you use the method

described in Connection Using an Access Point.

When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer, connect it using the

same connection method as the connected device.

If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.

Connection Using an Access Point

• Connect the printer and a device using an access point.

• Connection methods vary depending on the access point type.

• You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer.

• When the connection between a device and an access point is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is

displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the access point.

Connection without Using an Access Point

• Connect the printer and a device without using an access point. Connect a device and the printer

directly using the printer's access point mode function.

• When establishing a connection in access point mode, Internet connection may become unavailable.

In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.

• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access

point mode, the connection between the device and access point will be disabled. In that case, the

connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your

device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.

• In access point mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a

sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.

If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.

• Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol can be changed on the printer.

When Using Windows XP:

Connection without Using an Access Point (Windows XP)

Restrictions

(Appears in a new window)

USB Connection

Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable. Prepare a USB cable.

Connection without Using an Access Point (Windows XP)

Restrictions

(Appears in a new window)

1. Press the HOME button (A) on the printer.

2. Flick the screen left or right, then tap the Setup.

3. Flick the screen up or down, then tap Device settings.

4. Tap LAN settings.

5. Tap Change LAN.

6. Tap Access point mode active.

7. Check the SSID displayed in the printer screen.

8. Tap Details, check the Password (network key), then tap OK.

You will use the SSID and Password (network key) in the subsequent steps.

9. Tap OK.

10. Right-click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar

on the computer, then select View Available Wireless Networks.

11. Select the network name (SSID) you want to use, then click Connect.

12. Enter the Password (Network key), then click Connect.

13. When connection is complete, click Back until the screen below appears.

Proceed with the setup.

Restrictions

When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the

printer, connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.

If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.

Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired

connection.

Connection Using an Access Point

• Make sure that a device and an access point (or wireless network router) are connected. For details

on how to check the settings, refer to the manual supplied with the access point or contact its

manufacturer.

As for a device already connected to the printer without using an access point, reconnect it via an

access point.

• The configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of the network device vary

depending on your system environment. For details, refer to the manual of your network device or

contact its manufacturer.

• Check if your device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.

• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security

protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or

change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."

The connection between your device and the access point will be temporarily disabled while changing

the setting. Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete.

• For office use, consult your network administrator.

• Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures, as there

is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.

Connection without Using an Access Point

Important

• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access

point mode, the connection between the device and access point will be disabled. In that case, the

connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your

device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection, charges may apply

depending on your contract.

• When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode, the connection information will

be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after

disconnecting it or connecting it to another access point.

• You cannot connect to an access point and the printer that is in access point mode at the same

time. If you have an access point, it is recommended that you use the access point to connect to

the printer.

• To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode, change the

connection mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings

of the device.

For details on how to change the settings of a device, refer to the manual supplied with the

device or contact its manufacturer.

• When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode, Internet connection may become

unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.

• In access point mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a

sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.

If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.

• Devices connected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other.

• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode.

• When a device has been connected to the printer without using an access point and you want to set it

up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the

device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.

Connection Using a Wired Network

• This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time.

• When using a router, connect the printer and a device to the LAN side (same network segment).

Notice for Web Service Printing

When Using Web Service

• Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided, the availability of

site access, or permission to download the materials.

• Canon may at any time update, change, or delete the information provided through the web service,

or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice. Canon shall not be held responsible

for any damages resulting from such actions.

• In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web

services.

• User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site.

When you use the photo sharing site, observe the conditions of use of the site and use the service

within your own responsibility.

• All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.

• Depending on your network environment, some functions on web service are not available. Even if

they are available, it may take a while to print or display the contents, or communication may be

interrupted while operation is in progress.

• When you use web service, your machine's name, information of your region or country, your selected

language, and what kind of service you use (e.g. photo sharing site) are sent to and saved in our

server. Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information.

• Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine's memory (not

encrypted).

If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of it, delete your login name and password from

the machine's memory in advance.

• The account information will be sent to Canon Inc. server (located in Japan), then forwarded to the

service provider's server.

• Canon handles your account information as follows:

◦ Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service.

◦ Canon will not provide your account information to any third party without your consent, except for

sending to the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations.

◦ After the conclusion of non-disclosure agreement, Canon may deposit your account information to

the contractor to achieve the purpose of use.

◦ Canon endeavors to secure the safety of your account information.

◦ It is at your option to enter and send your account information. However, the service that requires

to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it.

◦ Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc. server. At the latest, it will be deleted

when you have disconnected your printer from LAN.

◦ For details, contact a Canon-authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in.

Copyrights and Rights of Publicity

When printing from the photo sharing site:

• Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site.

• It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission from the

as defined by the copyright. Additionally, reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe

on Rights of Publicity.

When printing downloaded template forms:

1. The copyright of each material (photos, illustrations, logos, or documents: hereinafter referred to as

"the materials") provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners.

Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters

displayed on the web template printing service.

Except as otherwise permitted (please see "2" below), copying, modifying or distributing all or a

portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of

the respective rights (Rights of Publicity and Copyright) holder is strictly prohibited.

2. All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and

non-commercial purposes.

Use PIXMA Cloud Link

By using PIXMA Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE

GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer:

• Print images from a photo-sharing service

• Print documents from a data management service

• Save scanned images to a data management service.

• Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.

In addition, you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud

services.

Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer

Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer

Important

• In certain countries, PIXMA Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different.

• Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps. For such apps, please set up

an account beforehand.

• To find out which models support PIXMA Cloud Link check the Canon homepage.

• The screen display may change without prior notice.

Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer

Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer

Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer

Using PIXMA Cloud Link

Cloud Troubleshooting

Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer

First, check the following content:

•Precautions

If you plan to use the web service to print documents, be sure to check these precautions beforehand.

•Network environment

The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet.

If your printer is not connected to a LAN, see here and set one up.

For information on the LAN and Internet settings, see the manual of your network devices or contact the

manufacturer.

Important

• The user will bear the cost of Internet access.

Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer

www.unicode.org/copyright.html.

This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.

THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS

Written by: Philip Hazel

Email local part: ph10

Email domain: cam.ac.uk

University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England.

THE "BSD" LICENCE

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that

the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the

following disclaimer.

* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the

following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc. nor the names of their

contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior

written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE

DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR

ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS

OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY

THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING

NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN

IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer

Follow the steps described below to register the printer information to the cloud service server.

1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet

2. From the printer home screen, select Cloud

3. When the registration completed screen appears, select OK

4. On the confirmation screen, select Next

5. In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows, read the statements, and then

select Agree if you agree

Note

•If you select Disagree, a confirmation screen of canceling the user information registration

appears. If you select Yes, the user information registration is canceled, and you return to the

Home screen.

Even if you select Disagree, you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration

screen later.

•You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button.

6. On the Time zone screen, select the time closest to your region, and then select Next

7. In the time zones list, select the region closest to you

For some regions, a screen for applying the daylight saving time setting may appear.

8. When a message appears notifying that the app is now available, select Open list

The registration of printer information is completed, and a list of apps is displayed.

See here for the description of the apps list screen.

After you complete the registration, you can print photos and documents that have been uploaded to apps

on the linked cloud service and add/delete/sort apps.

Using PIXMA Cloud Link

Application Management

This section explains how to add, delete, and sort apps.

Add apps

You can add your favorite apps to the printer.

Follow the steps described below to add apps.

1. From the printer home screen, select Cloud

2. On the cloud's Main screen, select Add/delete

3. Select Register apps

4. From the list, select the category of the app

5. From the displayed apps list, select the app that you want to register

Note

•Description of displayed icons

: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.

6. Select Register

The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list.

To register another app, repeat the procedure from step 5.

To end the app registration, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen.

Important

• Some apps may require a linked app account before you can use the app. If this is the case, set up

an account beforehand.

Delete apps

You can delete unnecessary apps from the apps list.

Follow the steps described below to delete apps.

1. From the printer home screen, select Cloud

2. On the cloud's Main screen, select Add/delete

3. Select Delete registered apps

4. From the apps list, select the app that you want to delete

Note

• Description of displayed icons

: Cannot be used because it is not yet released, not available in your region, or does not

support your model.

: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.

5. Select Delete

When the deletion is finished, the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen.

To delete another app, repeat the procedure from step 4.

To end the app deletion, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen.

Sort apps

You can sort apps displayed on the apps list.

Follow the steps described below to sort apps.

1. From the printer home screen, select Cloud

2. On the cloud's Main screen, select Add/delete

3. Select Sort

4. On the apps list, select the app that you want to sort

Note

• Description of displayed icons

: Cannot be used because it is not yet released, not available in your region, or does not

support your model.

: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.

5. Use / buttons to move the app

6. Select Done

Sorting is complete.

To continue the sorting, repeat the procedure from step 4.

To end the sorting, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen.

Using PIXMA Cloud Link

This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example.

Important

• The available functions differ depending on the app.

• The printing procedure differs depending on the app.

• You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand.

• The following file formats can be printed: jpg, jpeg, pdf, docx, doc, xlsx, xls, pptx, ppt, and rtf.

The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app.

• Before you print, check that printer is on and is connected to the network. Then start.

Note

• You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jpg and jpeg file formats.

1. On the Main screen, select the app to be used

2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then

select Log in

Important

• Some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area. If this is the case, scroll up, down, right,

and left to change the display area.

: Visible area

•The Login screen may vary between apps.

•After logging in, you may be asked from an external service to agree to use their app. Agree if you

are using the app.

3. In the displayed album list, select the album of your choice

4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next

5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Color

A message that indicates the completion of issuing print job appears, and printing starts.

To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3.

To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen.

Important

• If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued, the print job will expire and cannot

be printed.

• With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs, print jobs that cannot be printed due to expiration

and other reasons are also included in the print count.

Note

• To leave a usage history of this service, from the Home window on the operation panel, select

Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center

setup -> History setting for this service -> Save.

Cloud Troubleshooting

Cloud Windows

This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen.

About the Main screen

When using the Cloud function, follow the steps described below first and display the Main screen.

When you select Cloud from the printer home screen, the cloud's Main screen appears.

You can use areas shown below to perform various functions, including printing photos and documents,

and adding, starting, and managing apps.

(1) Display area

(2) Add/delete button

(3) Manage button

Important

• Some apps may require you to have an account before using the app. If this is the case, get the

account beforehand.

• After selecting the app, some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area. If this is the case,

scroll up, down, right, and left to change the display area.

: Visible area

• The app is not displayed if it is not yet released, or if the language not available in your region is

selected in the display language setting.

(1) Display area

The display changes based on the menu you select.

Immediately after the cloud's Main screen appears, a list of the registered apps appears.

To start an app, select the app that you want to use on the list.

Note

• Description of displayed icons

: Cannot be used because it is not yet released, not available in your region, or does not support

your model.

: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.

(2) Add/delete button

Use this button to add, delete, and sort apps.

Select this to add your favorite apps.

See here for details on how to add apps

Delete apps

Select this to delete registered apps.

See here for details on how to delete apps

Sort

Select this to sort the apps list.

See here for details on how to sort the apps list

(3) Manage button

Use this button to manage jobs, log out of an app, show the license agreement and privacy statement,

and set the time zone.

Manage jobs

From the Status list window, you can check the status of a job.

Settings

Select this to set the Time zone.

Select your region on the list. For some regions, you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving

time setting.

Important

• If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region.

Legal information

This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement.

Press the Start button to print the displayed information.

Log out of all apps

You can log out at the same time from all apps that you are logged into.

Note

• Some apps may not allow you to log out when you are logged on. If you want to log in with a

different account, you need to use this function to log out first.

• Once you log out, you need to log in again. You may lose the settings with some apps.

Cloud Troubleshooting

If you cannot print

Check the following if you cannot print.

• Check that the printer is connected to the Internet.

• Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet.

• Check that no error message is displayed on the printer's LCD monitor.

If the problem is not resolved, use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and

check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer.

If you still cannot print, see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online

Manual.

Note

• With a wireless LAN connection, after the printer is turned on, it may take several minutes before

communication is possible. Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network, and wait a

while before you start printing.

• If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to the Internet, and consequently a print job is not

processed within 24 hours after it was submitted, the print job is automatically canceled. If this

happens, check the printer power and the Internet connection, and then re-submit the print job.

Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or

Computer

Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

Adding a Printer

Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you

to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device, and

checking the print status, print error, and ink status of the printer. You can also print app photos and

documents from your smartphone or tablet.

First, check the following content:

•Precautions

If you plan to use the web service to print documents, be sure to check these precautions beforehand.

•Printer specification

Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer.

•Network environment

The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet.

Important

• The user will bear the cost of Internet access.

•Operating requirements

For computers, smartphones, and tablet devices, see "Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing

Center operation".

Important

• This service may not be available in certain countries or regions. Also even if the service is available,

there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions.

Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation

Computer

CPU x86 or x64 1.6 GHz or higher

RAM 2 GB or higher

Monitor display Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher

Number of display colors 24 bits (true-color) or higher

OS Browser

Windows XP SP3 or later

Internet Explorer 8*

Mozilla Firefox

Google Chrome

Windows Vista SP1 or later

Internet Explorer 8*, 9

Mozilla Firefox

Google Chrome

Windows 7

Internet Explorer 8*, 9, 10

Mozilla Firefox

Google Chrome

Windows 8

Internet Explorer 10

Mozilla Firefox

Google Chrome

Windows 8.1

Internet Explorer 11

Mozilla Firefox

Google Chrome

Mac OS X v10.6-OS X Mavericks v10.9 Safari 5.1, 6, 7

* When you use Internet Explorer 8, the web pages may not display correctly. Canon recommends that

you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later, or use another browser.

Smartphone or tablet

OS Browser Resolution

iOS 5.1 or later

OS standard browser

320 x 480 (HVGA) or higher

Android 2.3.3 or later 480 x 800 (HVGA) or higher

*Android3.x is not supported.

Important

• On the browser you are using, enable JavaScript and cookies.

• If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser, the web pages may not display

correctly.

• If you use the translation function of Google Chrome, the web pages may not display correctly.

• If you use a proxy server outside of your country, the service may not be able to determine the correct

region.

• In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be released. For confirmation instructions,

contact the network administrator.

Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register

the user information.

Print registration information from the printer

1. From the home window, select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web

service connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> Register with this

service

2. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes

3. In the print settings, select the display language

4. Follow the instructions displayed in the window, and print the URL of the authentication

site and the Printer registration ID

Set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK.

The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed.

Note

• You will use this printed page in the next step.

Important

• The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes.

Access the URL on the printed page, and then enter the e-mail address and

other necessary information

Important

• Do not use the Back button of the web browser while an operation is processing. The screen may not

transition properly.

1. Use the web browser on your PC, smartphone, tablet, or other devices to access the

authentication URL

2. On the Login screen, select Create new account

3. Enter the E-mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer's owner, and then

select OK

The registration page URL is sent to the e-mail address entered.

Important

• There are character restrictions for the e-mail address, as shown below.

• You can use up to 255 alphanumeric characters consisting of single-byte characters and

symbols (!#$%&'*+/=?^_{}|~.-@).

• Multibyte characters cannot be used.

You will get an error if the e-mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be

used.

• If you registered a different e-mail address by mistake, you can cancel the registration by going

to the printer's Home screen and selecting Setup (or by pressing the Setup button on the

operation panel) -> Web service setup -> Connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center

setup (IJCloudPrintingCtr) -> Delete from this service.

• You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter. If you have a

setting to receive only the e-mails from certain domains, be sure to change the setting to allow

receiving e-mails from "noreply@mail.cs.c-ij.com".

There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e-mail because of the spam filter

setting or if you entered an incorrect e-mail address.

Access the URL in the e-mail, register the information, and complete the

user registration

1. When an e-mail with the subject "Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center" is

sent to the e-mail address that you entered, select the URL

2. In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud

Printing Center, read the statements, and select Agree if you agree

3. In the user information entry screen, enter your Password, and select Next

Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

Important

• There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below.

• The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte

alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are

case-sensitive)

4. Enter the User name

Enter the name that identifies the user.

Important

•The User name entry field has the following character restrictions:

• The password needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte

alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are

case-sensitive)

5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Next

Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your

region.

Apply daylight saving time

This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected.

Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time.

6. Enter the Security code and select Done

Enter the code for authenticating the user.

Important

• The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions:

•Single-byte numbers

The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed.

When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed.

Enter the registered e-mail address and password, and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

Printing Your Printer registration ID

To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you will need a Printer registration ID.

From the operation panel of this printer, print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer

registration ID. The procedure is as follows:

1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet

Important

•To use this function, you must connect this printer to the Internet.

2. From the home window, select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service

connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> Register with this service

3. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes

4. In the print settings, select the display language

5. Follow the instructions displayed in the window, and print the URL of the authentication site

and your Printer registration ID

When you set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK, the authentication site URL and your

Printer registration ID are printed.

Important

• The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes.

Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window

This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your

smartphone, tablet device, or computer.

Description of the Login screen

Description of the Main screen

Description of the Login screen

This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

Important

• You have 5 tries to enter your password. If you fail, you will not be able to log in for about the next

hour.

• You remain logged in for an hour after the last access.

Language

Select the language you will be using.

E-mail address

Enter the e-mail address that you entered in the user registration.

Important

• The e-mail address is case-sensitive. Make sure the case is correct.

Password

Enter the password that you entered in the user registration.

Keep login info

When you select the check box, the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the

service screen was accessed.

Reset password from here

Select this if you forgot the password.

Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen.

Create new account

A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

For a new registration, you need the Printer registration ID.

System requirements

This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

Help/legal notices (smartphone and tablet devices only)

The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are

displayed.

Software license info

The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed.

About this service

This displays the descriptions of this service.

Description of the Main screen

When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, the Main screen appears.

With this service, the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those available

to the printer Administrator.

Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk (*).

You can use areas shown below to start*, add, and manage apps.

If you are using a smartphone or a tablet, you can also print photos and documents.

If you are using a smartphone or tablet

If you are using a PC

If you are using a smartphone or tablet

(1) Left context menu

(2) Printer name area

(3) Right context menu

(4) Display area

(5) Menu area

(1) Left context menu

When you select , the Mng. printer screen of the Manage users screen appears.

For general users, the Select printer screen appears.

Mng. printer screen (Select printer screen)

From the Mng. printer screen (Select printer screen), you can check*and update* printer information

registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, change printer names, delete printers, add

printers, and copy apps.

•Check the printer information*

The registered printer name is displayed.

indicates the currently selected printer.

indicates that an error occurred on the printer.

•Display update date/time of the printer information*

This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated.

refreshes the information.

•Copy apps

Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer.

When you select , the screen shown below appears.

Set the Destination printer and the Source printer. Then select OK.

•Change the printer name

When you select , a screen to change the printer name appears.

Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name.

Note

• The printer name entry has the following character limitation:

• Up to 128 characters

•Delete printers

When you select , the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

When transferring the ownership of the printer, select Clear the information saved on the printer.

•Add printers

Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer.

Note

• Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e-mail address.

Manage users screen

From the Manage users screen, you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud

Printing Center, delete users, add users, and change the Administrator and Standard user settings.

•User deletion

Select the check box of the user to be deleted, and select Delete.

However, you cannot delete yourself. To delete yourself, cancel your membership from the user

information screen.

•Adding a user

Select Add user. The user registration screen appears.

•Changing Administrator and Standard user settings

You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users.

(2) Printer name area

The registered name of the printer selected is displayed.

The Administrator can change the printer name.

(3) Right context menu

When you select , the context menu appears.

The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area.

The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice.

• Sort

This displays the screen to sort registered apps.

You can use the buttons to change the display order of apps. When you finish sorting,

press the Done button to confirm the order.

• Latest notices*

This displays the latest notices. The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice.

• User information*

This displays the User information screen.

You can change the registered e-mail address, password, language, time zone, and other settings.

• Help/legal notices*

The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are

displayed.

• Log out*

This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

(4) Display area

The display changes based on the menu you select.

(5) Menu area

The following 4 menu buttons are displayed:

• Apps*

This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area.

• Config

This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area.

The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps.

The Registered screen lists registered apps.

You can check the information of these apps or deregister them.

On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud

Printing Center are displayed by category.

◦ When you select , the details of the app are displayed.

When you select / , you can choose to register or unregister the app.

Note

• Description of displayed icons

: Cannot be used because it is not yet released, not available in your region, or does

not support your model.

: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.

• Properties*

This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected.

You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also

access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual.

Important

• The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time, depending on

the printer status.

• Manage jobs*

This screen displays the print status and the print history.

You can check the print status by looking at Status list, and the print history by looking at History.

You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information.

To cancel or delete a job, select that job and then select Cancel or Delete.

If you are using a PC

(1) Mng. printer (Select printer) button

(2) Manage users button

(3) Printer name area

(4) Menu area

(5) Notices area

(6) Information area

(7) Global navigation area

(8) Display area

(1) Mng. printer (Select printer) button

When you select the Mng. printer (Select printer) button, the Mng. printer (Select printer) screen

appears.

From the Mng. printer screen (Select printer screen), you can check*and update* printer information

registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, change printer names, delete printers, add

printers, and copy apps.

•Check the printer information*

The registered printer name is displayed.

indicates the currently selected printer.

indicates that an error occurred on the printer.

•Display update date/time of the printer information*

This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated.

refreshes the information.

•Change the printer name

When you select , a screen to change the printer name appears.

Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name.

Note

• The printer name entry has the following character limitation:

• Up to 128 characters

•Delete printers

When you select , the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

When transferring the ownership of the printer, select Clear the information saved on the printer.

•Add printers

Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer.

Note

• Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e-mail address.

•Copy apps

Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer.

When you select , the screen shown below appears.

Set the Destination printer and the Source printer. Then select OK.

(2) Manage users button

When you select the Manage users button, the Manage users screen appears.

From the Manage users screen, you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud

Printing Center, delete users, add users, and change the Administrator and Standard user settings.

•User deletion

Select the check box of the user to be deleted, and select Delete.

However, you cannot delete yourself. To delete yourself, cancel your membership from the user

information screen.

•Adding a user

Select Add user. The user registration screen appears.

•Changing Administrator and Standard user settings

You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users.

(3) Printer name area

The registered name of the printer selected is displayed.

The Administrator can use the Mng. printer functions to change the printer name.

(4) Menu area

The following 4 menu buttons are displayed:

• Sort (Apps)

This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area.

Drag the app to change the order.

When you finish sorting, press the Set sort order button and confirm the order.

• Config

This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area.

The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps.

The Registered screen lists registered apps.

You can check the information of these apps or deregister them.

On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud

Printing Center are displayed by category.

◦ When you select , the details of the app are displayed.

When you select / , you can choose to register or unregister the app.

Note

• Description of displayed icons

: Cannot be used because it is not yet released, not available in your region, or does

not support your model.

: Can be used with genuine Canon ink.

• Properties*

This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected.

You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also

access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual.

Important

• The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time, depending on

the printer status.

• Manage jobs*

This screen displays the print status and the print history.

You can check the print status by looking at Status list, and the print history by looking at History.

You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information.

To cancel or delete a job, select that job and then select Cancel or Delete.

(5) Notices area

This displays the latest notice. Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice.

When you select Notice list, you can display up to 40 items.

(6) Information area

This display other information, including the privacy statement and other companies' licensing

information.

(7) Global navigation area

The User information*, Instructions*, and Log out* buttons are displayed.

Press the User information to change the settings.

(8) Display area

The display changes based on the menu you select.

Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

When the user registration is completed, you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use

the service.

1. From your PC, smartphone, or tablet, access the service login URL (http://cs.c-ij.com/)

2. On the Login screen, enter the E-mail address and Password, and then select Log in

Important

•The e-mail address and password are case-sensitive. Make sure the case is correct.

E-mail address

Enter the e-mail address that you entered in the user registration.

Password

Enter the password that you entered in the user registration.

Keep login info

When you select the check box, the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the

service screen was accessed.

Important

• If you fail to log in five straight times, you will not be able to login again for an hour.

• You remain logged in for an hour after the last access.

• The service may not function properly if you log in from multiple devices at the same time.

After logging in, you can use useful services such as adding/managing apps that work in conjunction with

this product's cloud functionality and checking the ink status.

For screen descriptions and operation instructions, see "Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window".

Printing procedure

This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example.

Important

• The available functions differ depending on the app.

• The printing procedure differs depending on the app.

• You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand.

• The following file formats can be printed: jpg, jpeg, pdf, docx, doc, xlsx, xls, pptx, ppt, and rtf.

The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app.

• Before you print, check that printer is on and is connected to the network. Then start.

• This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet.

Note

• You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jpg and jpeg file formats.

1. On the Main screen, select the app to be used

2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then

select Log in

3. In the displayed album list, select the album of your choice

4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next

5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Print

6. A print job completion message appears, and printing starts

To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3.

To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen.

Important

• If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued, the print job will expire and

cannot be printed.

• With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs, print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are

also included in the print count.

Adding a Printer

With one account, you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers.

The procedure for adding a printer is as follows:

1. Print the registration information from the printer to be added

2. From the browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, access the authentication site

URL

3. Select Add printer

4. When the confirmation message is displayed, select OK

5. Enter your Printer registration ID, and select OK

Note

• When you access the service from Remote UI, the Printer registration ID is entered

automatically.

6. Enter the Password for the account you obtained beforehand, and select OK

Printer addition is completed.

If a printer added message is not displayed, follow the instructions on the displayed screen.

Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

If an app cannot be installed

If the registered app is not in the Apps list

If the information is not updated when you press the Update button

If you do not receive the registration e-mail

Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything

If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac

If an app cannot be installed

Check the country or region where the printer was purchased.

If the printer is taken outside the country or region where it was purchased, apps cannot be installed.

If the registered app is not in the Apps list

Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app, the app will not be

displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered.

If you switch back to the target language of the app, it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be

able to start, register, or unregister the app.

If the information is not updated when you press the Update button

Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product, the information may not be

reflected immediately. Please wait awhile, and then try updating the information again.

If the information is still not updated, then check that the product is connected to the Internet.

If you do not receive the registration e-mail

You may have entered a different e-mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud

Printing Center.

On the printer's Home screen, select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service

connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> Delete from this service to delete the service

registration.

After resetting the printer, repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the

beginning.

Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything

A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services.

On the printer's Home screen, select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service

connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> Delete from this service to delete the service

registration.

After resetting the printer, repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the

beginning.

If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct

password in iOS or Mac

If you are using iOS or Mac, and the password contains the ¥ symbol, enter a backslash instead. For

instructions on entering a backslash, see the OS help.

Printing with Google Cloud Print

The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google

Inc.).

By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google

Cloud Print.

1. Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print

2. Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print

Important

• LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print

with Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.

• This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.

Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print

To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud

Print in advance.

Getting Google Account

If you already have Google account, register the printer.

Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print

Getting Google Account

First, get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print.

Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device, then register

the required information.

* The screen above may change without prior notice.

Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print

The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in

the process of registering. Because the authentication URL is printed from printer when the authentication

process is performed, prepare A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.

Important

• LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to

print with Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.

• If the printer's owner changes, delete the printer from Google Cloud Print.

1. Make sure that the printer is turned on

2. From the Home screen, select Setup

3. Select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup ->

Note

• If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message to

re-register the printer is displayed.

4. When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed, select Yes

5. Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print

The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed.

6. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper, then select OK

The authentication URL is printed.

7. Ensure that the authentication URL is printed, select Yes

8. Perform the authentication process using the web browser on the computer or the mobile

device

Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the

authentication process following the on-screen instructions.

Note

• Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in

advance.

9. When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the

printer, select OK

When authentication process is complete properly, the registration items are displayed. When

authentication process is complete, you can print the data with Google Cloud Print.

When authentication process is not complete properly and the error message is displayed, select OK.

When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed, print the authentication

URL, then perform the authentication process on the computer again.

Deleting the Printer from Google Cloud Print

If the printer's owner changes or if you want to re-register the printer, delete the printer from Google Cloud

Print by following the steps below.

1. Make sure that the printer is turned on

2. From the Home screen, select Setup

3. Select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup ->

Delete from Google Cloud Print

4. When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed, select Yes

100

Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print

When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the printer receives the print data and prints it

automatically if the printer is turned on.

When printing from a smartphone, tablet, computer, or other external device by using Google Cloud Print,

load paper into the printer in advance.

Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print

1. Make sure that the printer is turned on

Note

•If you want to send the print data from an outside location, turn on the printer in advance.

2. Send print data from your smartphone, tablet, or computer

The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google

Cloud Print. The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud

Print.

When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned

on, the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically.

Note

• Depending on the communication status, it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may

not receive the print data.

• While printing with Google Cloud Print, the printing may be canceled depending on the printer's

status, such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred. To resume printing,

check the printer's status, then print with Google Cloud Print again.

• For print settings:

• If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4/

Letter/B5/A5-size, the print data is printed in single-sided even when you select the duplex print

setting. (* The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer. For information about

the supported paper sizes, go to the Online Manual home page, and refer to the "Cannot Print

Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing" for your model.)

101

• If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5/A5-size as paper size, the print data is

printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting.

• The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data.

• Depending on the device sending the print data, you may not select the print settings when

sending the print data with Google Cloud Print.

When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately

When the printer cannot receive the print data, or you want to start printing immediately, you can check

whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually.

Follow the steps below.

Important

• Depending on your printer model, this function may not be available.

1. Make sure that the printer is turned on

2. From the Home screen, select Setup

3. Select Web service inquiry

Note

• If you have not registered the printer with Google Cloud Print, Web service inquiry is not

displayed.

4. Select Print from Google Cloud Print

The confirmation screen to check is displayed.

5. Select Yes

If there is the print data, the printer receives the print data and prints it.

102

Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device

This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad, iPhone and iPod touch to a

Canon printer.

AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to

your printer without installing a driver.

Checking Your Environment

First, check your environment.

•AirPrint Operation Environment

To use AirPrint, you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS:

◦ iPad (all models)

◦ iPhone (3GS or later)

◦ iPod touch (3rd generation or later)

•Network Environment

The Apple device (iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch) and this printer must be connected to the same Wi-Fi

network or connected in AP mode.

Note

• If your iPad, iPhone or iPod touch is running the latest version of iOS, you do not need to download

and install any drivers or additional software.

Printing with AirPrint

1. Check that this printer is turned on and the Apple device and this printer is connected to

the LAN or connected in AP mode.

2. From the app of your Apple device, tap the operation icon to display the menu options.

103

3. From the menu options, tap Print.

4. From Printer Options, select the model that you are using.

Important

•Because some app does not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If an app

does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that app.

Note

•The Printer Options differ depending on the app and model you are using.

104

5. When printing a file type that has multiple pages, such as a PDF file, click Range and

then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed.

6. For 1 Copy, click + or - to set the number of required copies.

7. For Duplex Printing, click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the

function.

8. Tap the Print.

When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.

Paper Size

With AirPrint, the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple

device and the region in which AirPrint is used.

When Apple's photo app is used, the default paper size is L size in Japan, and 4"x6" or KG in other

countries and regions.

When documents are printed from Apple's Safari app, the default paper size is letter size in the U.S.

region, and A4 in Japan and Europe.

Important

• Your app may support different paper sizes.

Checking the Print Status

During printing, a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used apps, and you can use it to

check the print progress.

Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode. Then swipe to the right to

display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary.

105

Deleting a Print Job

To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods:

• From the printer: If your printer has a LCD monitor, use the operation panel to cancel the print job.

If you printer does not have a LCD monitor, press the Stop button on the printer to cancel the print

job.

• From an Apple device: Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking

mode, and then swipe to the right. Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary. Tap the

print job to be canceled, and then tap Cancel Printing.

AirPrint Troubleshooting

If the document does not print, check the following:

1. Check that the printer power is on. If the printer power is on, turn it off and then back on

again, and check whether the issue is resolved.

2. Check that the printer is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on

which iOS is installed.

3. Check that the printer has enough paper and ink.

4. If your printer has a LCD monitor, check that no error message is displayed on the LCD

monitor.

If the problem persists, use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether

the document can be printed normally on the printer.

If the document cannot be printed, refer to the Online Manual for your model.

106

Note

• After you turn on the printer, it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a

wireless LAN connection. Confirm that the printer is connected to the wireless LAN, and then try

printing.

• If Bonjour on the printer is disabled, AirPrint cannot be used. Check the LAN settings on the printer,

and enable Bonjour.

Note

• The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app.

107

Checking Printer Information

You can use your smartphone, tablet, or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions

from apps such as Canon Inkjet Print Utility and PIXMA Printing Solutions.

You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon.

1. Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen

Note

•You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information.

1. From the home window, select Setup -> Device settings -> LAN settings ->

Confirm LAN settings -> WLAN setting list. Then from the displayed window, check the IP

address.

2. From your computer, smartphone, or tablet device, open the Web browser, and enter the

following URL:

http:// <Printer IP address>

For <Printer IP address>, enter the IP address that you checked in the previous procedure.

2. Entering Username and Administrator's Password

From the authentication screen, enter the Username and Password.

Username: ADMIN

Password: See "About the Administrator Password."

Note

• The Username display may differ depending on your browser.

3. Displaying Printer Information

The top screen for printer information is displayed.

108

Printer status

This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount, the status, and detailed

error information.

You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page, and use Web Services.

Utilities

This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning.

AirPrint settings

This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings, such as position information.

Google Cloud Print setup

This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer.

Print from E-mail setup

Allows you to register printers, check print addresses, and delete registered printers.

IJ Cloud Printing Center setup

Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a registration.

Security

Allows you to set the Administrator's password and Operation restrictions for the machine.

Important

•For the initial Password, see "About the Administrator Password."

For Security reasons, we recommend that you change the Password to an individual

password.

•The following character restrictions apply to the password that you enter:

•Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters.

•The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters.

Firmware update

This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information.

Manual (Online)

This function displays the Online Manual.

109

Online Storage Integration Function

The printer can integrate with online storage services such as Evernote.

Integration with Online Notetaking Service "Evernote"

If an Evernote client application is installed on your computer, you can import scanned images into the

application and upload them to the Evernote server.

The uploaded images can be browsed from other computers, smartphones, etc.

To use Evernote, you need to create an account. See the "CREATE ACCOUNT" page of Evernote for

account creation.

•Settings

In the Settings Dialog of IJ Scan Utility, select the item you want to set, then select Evernote for Send to

an application in Application Settings.

Refer to "Settings Dialog" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.

Important

• The Evernote service features are subject to change or termination without prior notice.

110

How to Use Print from E-mail

By using Print from E-mail, you can easily print a photo or document saved on your smartphone, tablet, or

computer just by attaching it to an e-mail.

You can print simply from outside like a travel destination. Also, your family or friends can print by

registering beforehand.

You can use Print from E-mail on any Canon printer that supports the service.

Checking Your Environment

First, check your environment.

•Network environment

This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection.

Important

• The user will bear the cost of Internet access.

• This function may not be available in some countries/regions.

• Depending on your printer model, this function may not be available.

Preparing to use Print from E-mail

To use Print from E-mail, you need to register the printer by entering information about the printer's

owner.

1. Print the printer registration page's URL and the PIN code

2. Access the URL and enter the owner's e-mail address and other required information

3. Check if an e-mail has been sent to the e-mail address you entered

111

4. Access the URL provided in the e-mail and complete the printer registration process

Note

• The e-mail address that appears on the screen when you have finished registering is the e-mail

address that will be used just for the Print from E-mail function.

For details about the registration procedure, see here

Printing from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer

1. Prepare a file that you want to print

The file format, number of files, and file size that this printing function supports are provided below.

Supported File Formats

•Adobe PDF files

•JPEG files

•.doc/.docx/.xls/.xlsx/.ppt/.pptx files

Important

•Only files that are attached to e-mail can be printed. E-mail messages cannot be printed.

• Adobe PDF files and .doc/.docx/.xls/.xlsx/.ppt/.pptx files that are encrypted, password-

protected, or set to print disabled cannot be printed.

• Files that are attached as compressed files cannot be printed.

• Files other than Adobe PDF files, JPEG files and .doc/.docx/.xls/.xlsx/.ppt/.pptx files cannot be

printed.

Supported Number of Files and File Sizes

• Up to 10 attachment files can be printed.

• The maximum size of an e-mail with attachment files is 10 MB.

Note

•The size of an e-mail is determined based on the size of the entire transmission file, including

the e-mail message and the header. Therefore sometimes an attachment file cannot be printed

even if the size of the attachment file is less than 10 MB.

•If the size of an attached JPEG file is less than 10 KB, the file cannot be printed.

2. Attach the file that you want to print from your smartphone, tablet, or computer to the e-

mail and send it to the e-mail address for printing

To check the print address, from the operation panel of this printer, display the home window and

select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service connection setup -> Print from

E-mail setup -> Check address for printing.

Important

• You will not be able to use the service during periods when the service is undergoing

maintenance.

112

Use the Service With More Than One Person

To allow multiple users to use this function, register users (other than the printer's owner) as members.

1. The printer's owner uses his/her smartphone, tablet, or computer to access the service's

2. Select the printer name that you want to add the member. Click Member Settings ->

Add to enter the member's e-mail address, and click Add

A URL of the member registration page is sent to the e-mail address of the newly registered member.

3. Registered member accesses to the URL that is included in the e-mail, and complete the

registration

You can use this service from registered e-mail address.

Note

• You can register up to 500 members.

Print from E-mail Troubleshooting

The Document Does Not Print

If You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service

If You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired

The Document Does Not Print

If the document does not print, check the following:

• Check that the printer power is on.

If the printer power is on, turn it off and then back on again, and check whether the issue is resolved.

• Check that the printer is connected to the network.

• Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN has an Internet connection.

• Look at the printer LCD monitor and check that no error message is displayed.

If the problem persists, use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether

the document can be printed normally on the printer.

If the document cannot be printed, refer to the Online Manual for your printer.

• Check that the file attached to the e-mail is an Adobe PDF file, a JPEG file, or

a .doc/.docx/.xls/.xlsx/.ppt/.pptx file.

• Check whether the e-mail address of the send destination is correct.

To check the print address, from the operation panel of this printer, display the home window and

select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service connection setup -> Print from

E-mail setup -> Check address for printing.

• Check that the user's e-mail address for using this service is registered.

If you want to check the error details, the printer owner have to access the login URL (https://pr.mp.c-

ij.com/po).

• In the Print Status screen, click Go to Print History Screen and check the history of jobs that were

sent. You can check the error details.

113

If you want to check the error details, the printer owner have to access the login URL (https://pr.mp.c-

ij.com/po).

Note

• For a wireless LAN connection, after the printer is turned on, it may take a few minutes before

communication becomes possible. Confirm that your printer is connected to the wireless LAN, and

then try printing.

If You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service

If You Cannot Register to the Service

• If the printer operation panel display the message "Failed to register with "Print from E-mail".",

the registration to Print from E-mail may not have been completed in time. Select OK to release

the error, and start over again from the beginning.

• Check that the firmware version of the printer has been updated.

If You Do Not Receive the URL to Complete the Registration by E-mail

• An incorrect e-mail address may have been entered. Wait about 30 minutes, and operate the printer

operation panel to print the printer registration URL and PIN code. Then re-register from the

beginning.

If You Cannot Delete the Service

• If the printer operation panel display the message "Failed to connect to "Print from E-mail". Only

the information on the printer was deleted." is displayed, it could be that the registration

information on the service could not be deleted even though the Print from E-mail information

stored on this printer was deleted.

Select OK to release the error, and then access the service's login URL (https://pr.mp.c-ij.com/po)

to delete the registration information.

• If the Print from E-mail information stored on this printer could not be deleted even though the

registration information on the service was deleted, from the operation panel of this printer, display

the home window and select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service

connection setup -> Print from E-mail setup -> Delete registered printer, and delete the

registration information.

If You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired

Re-registering the printer and the printer owner

• When the printer is repaired, all of the registered information is deleted and Print from E-mail can no

longer be used.

If you want to use this service again, you must re-register the printer and the printer owner.

For information about the re-registration procedure, see "Preparing to Use Print from E-mail".

Even if users other than the owner were registered as members, repeat the registration starting from

here.

114

Preparing to Use Print from E-mail

To use this service to print a photo or document, you need to follow the procedure provided below and

Print the Printer Registration Page's URL and the PIN Code

First, print the printer registration page's URL and the PIN code.

Check that there is sufficient amount of ink in the printer, and then print using the printer's operation panel.

1. Check that the printer is connected to the network

Important

•This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection.

2. From the operation panel of this printer, display the home window and select

Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service connection setup -> Print from E-

mail setup -> Register printer.

3. Follow the instructions on the screen and print the printer registration URL and PIN code

Important

• Do not turn off the power on the printer until the registration process is completed.

Access the printed URL and log in within 25 minutes.

• If you canceled the registration before it is completed, repeat the procedure from printing the

registration information.

Access the Printed URL and Enter the Owner's E-mail Address and Other

Required Information

Next, enter the owner's e-mail address and other required information.

1. Access the printed URL by using the browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer,

and select Log In

2. In the use agreement window, select Agree

Important

•If you do not select Agree in the use agreement window, you will not able to register as the

printer owner.

3. Enter the printer owner's e-mail address, and select Next

115

Important

• An e-mail is sent with the required information for completing the registration to the e-mail

address entered for the printer's owner.

• If domain-specific reception is set, change the setting so that mail can be received from

"info@mp.c-ij.com"

Note

• The e-mail address of the printer owner cannot be changed once the printer owner is

registered.

To change the e-mail address, delete the registration of the registered printer, and re-register

the printer owner by using the new e-mail address. In this case, all previously registered

information will be deleted.

•The notification is sent automatically to the registered e-mail address when the printing or

service maintenance starts.

4. In the Printer Owner Registration window, enter the information shown below, and click

User Name

Enter any name.

The name that you enter is displayed at login.

Important

•The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30.

Language

Select the language that you are using.

The language that you select is used in notification e-mails such as print start notices.

Time Zone

Refer to this section, and select the standard time of the city that is nearest to the region where you

live.

Date/Time Display Format

Select the format of your choice.

The format that you select is applied to the date/time information in the screens and notification e-

mails of this service.

Daylight Saving Time

This setting is combined with the Time Zone setting, and applied to the date/time information in the

screens and notification e-mails of this service.

When you select ON, 1 hour is added to the Time Zone setting when the date/time information is

displayed.

5. In the Printer Registration window, enter the Printer Name, and select Confirm

Enter any name that will allow you to identify the printer.

116

Important

• The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30.

6. In the Confirm Owner Registration window, check the registration information, and

select Register

A temporary password will be displayed.

Important

•The temporary password that appears is not included in the notification e-mail. Be sure to write

down the temporary password before closing the screen.

Check if an E-mail Has Been Sent to the E-mail Address You Entered

A URL is notified to complete the registration to the e-mail address that for the registered printer's owner.

Access the URL in the E-mail and Complete the Printer Registration

1. Access the URL provided in the e-mail

Important

• You have to complete the registration within 30 minutes.

2. Enter the registered e-mail address of the printer's owner, the temporary password, and

select Log In

3. Set a password of your choice, and select Register

When the password setting process is completed, the printer's e-mail address and the service's URL

are displayed, and the printer's registration process is completed.

Important

• When you enter the password, the following character restrictions apply.

•Set a password that has 8 or more characters.

•The characters that you can use are single-byte uppercase letters, single-byte lowercase

letters, and single-byte numbers.

•In the password, combine all of the different types of characters that can be used.

•The displayed printer's e-mail address and the URL of the login page are not sent. Be sure to

write down the printer's e-mail address and the URL of the login page before closing the screen.

117

Timezone List

(UTC-12:00) International Date Line West

(UTC-11:00) Midway Island

(UTC-10:00) Hawaii

(UTC-09:00) Alaska

(UTC-08:00) Tijuana, Baja California, Pacific Time (US & Canada)

(UTC-07:00) Arizona, Chihuahua, La Paz, Mazatlan, Mountain Time (US & Canada)

(UTC-06:00) Guadalajara, Mexico City, Monterrey, Saskatchewan, Central America, Central Time (US & Canada)

(UTC-05:00) Indiana (East), Bogota, Lima, Quito, Eastern Time (US & Canada), Caracas

(UTC-04:00) Asuncion, Santiago, Georgetown, La Paz, San Juan, Manaus, Atlantic Time (Canada), Newfoundland

(UTC-03:00) Cayenne, Greenland, Buenos Aires, Brasilia, Montevideo

(UTC-02:00) Mid-Atlantic

(UTC-01:00) Azores, Cape Verde Is.

(UTC+00:00) Casablanca, Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London, Monrovia, Reykjavik, Coordinated Universal Time

(UTC+01:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna, Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb, Brussels,

Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris, Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague, West Central Africa

(UTC+02:00) Athens, Bucharest, Istanbul, Amman, Windhoek, Jerusalem, Cairo, Harare, Pretoria, Beirut, Helsinki,

Kyiv, Riga, Sofia, Tallinn, Vilnius, Minsk

(UTC+03:00) Kuwait, Riyadh, Tbilisi, Nairobi, Baghdad, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd, Tehran

(UTC+04:00) Abu Dhabi, Muscat, Yerevan, Baku, Port Louis, Kabul

(UTC+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi, Ekaterinburg, Tashkent, Sri Jayawardenepura, Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New

Delhi, Kathmandu

(UTC+06:00) Astana, Dhaka, Almaty, Novosibirsk, Yangon (Rangoon)

(UTC+07:00) Krasnoyarsk, Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta

(UTC+08:00) Irkutsk, Ulaan Bataar, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Perth, Taipei, Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi

(UTC+09:00) Seoul, Yakutsk, Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo, Adelaide, Darwin

(UTC+10:00) Vladivostok, Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Guam, Port Moresby, Brisbane, Hobart

(UTC+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia

(UTC+12:00) Auckland, Wellington, Fiji, Marshall Is., Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky

(UTC+13:00) Samoa, Nuku'alofa

118

Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing

Solutions

Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly.

You can also receive scanned data (PDF or JPEG) directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a

computer.

PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play.

119

Printing with Windows RT

When you use Windows RT, printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network.

For information about connecting to the network, see the setup URL (http://www.canon.com/ijsetup) for

using this product from your computer, smartphone, or tablet device.

When the connection is complete, the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software, which allows you to specify

detailed print settings, is downloaded automatically.

By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility, you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings. (The

available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method.)

120

Overview of the Machine

Safety Guide

Safety Precautions

Regulatory and Safety Information

Main Components and Basic Operations

Main Components

About the Power Supply of the Machine

Using the Operation Panel

Loading Paper / Originals

Loading Paper

Loading Originals

Inserting the Memory Card

Replacing an Ink Tank

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

Checking the Ink Status

Maintenance

When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect

Performing Maintenance from a Computer

Cleaning the Machine

Changing the Machine Settings

Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer

Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer

Information about Network Connection

Useful Information about Network Connection

About Network Communication

Changing and Confirming Network Settings

Appendix for Network Communication

Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality

Useful Information about Ink

Key Points to Successful Printing

Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing

Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper

Canceling a Print Job

Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality

Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine

Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images

Specifications

121

Safety Guide

Safety Precautions

Regulatory and Safety Information

122

Safety Precautions

Choosing a location

• Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.

• Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or

close to a heating source.

To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the machine under the operating environment specified

in the On-screen Manual.

• Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet.

• Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall.

Power supply

• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the

power cord if necessary.

• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.

Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.

• Do not use an extension lead/cord.

Working around the machine

• Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing.

• When moving the machine, carry the machine at both ends. In case the machine weighs more than

14 kg, it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine. Accidental dropping of the machine

causes injury. For the machine's weight, refer to the On-screen Manual.

• Do not place any object on the machine. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples,

etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the machine.

• Do not transport or use the machine on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and

damage the machine.

Working around the machine (For the multifunction printer)

• When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The

Platen Glass may break and cause injury.

Print Heads/ink tanks and FINE Cartridges

• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink* is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out

mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical

advice immediately.

* Clear Ink contains nitrate salts (For models containing Clear Ink).

• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with

skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice

immediately.

• Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing.

The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.

• Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire.

• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head, ink tanks, and FINE Cartridges.

123

Regulatory and Safety Information

For models containing lithium battery

• Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations.

• Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

Users in the U.S.A.

FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)

For 120V, 60Hz model

Model Number: K10413 (Contains FCC ID: AZDK30357)

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference

received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,

pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against

harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio

frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful

interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment

does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the

equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the

following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is

connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If

such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.

FCC ID:AZDK30357

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the

user's authority to operate equipment.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This

equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator

and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or

operated with any other antenna or transmitter.

Canon U.S.A., Inc.

One Canon Park

Melville, New York 11747

1-800-652-2666

124

Users in Canada

This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the

following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including

interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and

meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and

operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities:

hands, wrists, feet and ankles).

Pour les usagers résidant au Canada

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts

de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :

(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage

radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un

environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF)

CNR-102 de l'IC. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus

entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps (à l'exception des extrémités : mains, poignets, pieds et chevilles).

Users in Jordan

This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC/LPD/2013/130

Name of WLAN Module : K30357

Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)

This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to

the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a

designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product

or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper

handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human

health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time,

your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural

resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please

contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal

service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canon-

europe.com/weee.

125

Korisnici u Srbiji

Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa

WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom centru

za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru

za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje ovom

vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled

potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na

ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više

informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da

kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više

informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.

India only.

This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the e-waste (Management

and Handling) Rules, 2011.

This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., to an authorized collection site

for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper handling of this type of waste

could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous

substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time, your cooperation in the correct

disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources. For more information

regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit http://www.canon.co.in/environment/.

Also, this product complies with the "India E-waste Rule 2011" and prohibits use of lead, mercury,

hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations

exceeding 0.1 % by weight and 0.01 % by weight for Cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule

II of the Rule.

Environmental Information

Reducing your environmental impact while saving money

Power Consumption and Activation Time

The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is

designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print it switches to

Ready Mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a time,

the device switches to its Power Save Mode. The devices consume less power (Watt) in these modes.

If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode,

please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of

time or not at all.

Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default.

126

Energy Star®

The Energy Star® programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of

energy efficient models, which help to minimise environmental impact.

Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star® programme for both environmental

benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star® logo accordingly.

Paper types

This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper (certified to an environmental

stewardship scheme), which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. In addition it can

support printing on media down to a weight of 64g/m2, lighter paper means less resources used and a

lower environmental footprint for your printing needs.

Regulatory Model Code (RMC) is for identification and proof that the product complies with the

regulations. Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product.

127

Main Components and Basic Operations

Main Components

About the Power Supply of the Machine

Using the Operation Panel

128

Main Components

Front View

Rear View

Inside View

Operation Panel

129

Front View

(1) operation panel

Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it. Also, lift and open it to replace an ink tank, to

check the ink lamp, or to remove jammed paper inside the machine.

Operation Panel

(2) document cover

Open to load an original on the platen glass.

(3) paper guides

Align with both sides of the paper stack.

(4) cassette

Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same

time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.

Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper

Loading Envelopes

(5) front cover

Open to load paper or perform the print operation.

(6) paper support

Extend to load paper in the cassette.

(7) output tray extension

Open to support ejected paper.

(8) paper output support

Extend to support ejected paper.

(9) paper output tray

Printed paper is ejected. Open it before printing.

130

(10) card slot

Insert a memory card.

Before Inserting the Memory Card

(11) Access lamp

Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status.

Inserting the Memory Card

(12) platen glass

Load an original here.

131

Rear View

(1) transport unit

Open to remove jammed paper.

(2) power cord connector

Plug in the supplied power cord.

(3) USB port

Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer.

Important

• Do not touch the metal casing.

• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the

computer.

132

Inside View

(1) ink lamps

Lights or flashes to indicate the ink tank status.

Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps

(2) print head holder

The print head is pre-installed.

Note

• For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing an Ink Tank.

133

Operation Panel

* All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes.

(1) ON button/POWER lamp

Turns the power on or off. Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Before turning on the

power, make sure that the document cover is closed.

Turning the Machine On and Off

(2) HOME button

Used to display the HOME screen.

Using the Operation Panel

(3) touch screen

Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status. Directly touch the screen lightly with your

finger tip to select a menu item or displayed button. You can also preview photos on a memory card

before printing.

Basic Operation of the touch screen

(4) Black button

Starts black & white copying, scanning, etc.

(5) Color button

Starts color copying, scanning, etc.

(6) Stop button

Cancels operation when print, copy, or scan job is in progress.

(7) NFC (Near Field Communication) mark

Pass an NFC-enabled smartphone, etc. with a Canon NFC-compliant application installed on it over this

mark to perform printing and other operations.

(8) Alarm lamp

Lights or flashes when an error occurs.

(9) Back button

Returns the touch screen to the previous screen.

(10) Wi-Fi lamp

Lights or flashes to indicate the wireless LAN status.

Lights:

Wireless LAN connection is enabled.

134

Flashes:

Printing or scanning over wireless LAN. Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN

connection.

135

About the Power Supply of the Machine

Confirming that the Power Is On

Turning the Machine On and Off

Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord

Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord

136

Confirming that the Power Is On

The POWER lamp is lit when the machine is turned on.

Even if the touch screen is off, if the POWER lamp is lit, the machine is on.

Note

• It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine.

• The touch screen display will turn off if the machine is not operated for about 5 minutes. To restore the

display, press any button except the ON button or touch the touch screen. The print operation from a

computer can also restore the display.

137

Turning the Machine On and Off

Turning on the machine

1. Press the ON button to turn on the machine.

The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit.

Confirming that the Power Is On

Note

• It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine.

• If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes and an error message is displayed on the touch screen,

see A Message Is Displayed.

• You can set the machine to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed

from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by

default. For details on the auto power on feature, see below.

From the machine

About ECO settings

From the computer

Managing the Printer Power

Turning off the machine

1. Press the ON button to turn off the machine.

When the POWER lamp stops flashing, the machine is turned off.

138

Important

• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine, be sure to confirm that the

POWER lamp is off.

Note

•You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print

jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval. This is the default setting. For details on the

auto power off feature, see below.

From the machine

About ECO settings

From the computer

Managing the Printer Power

139

Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord

Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything

unusual described below.

• The power plug/power cord is hot.

• The power plug/power cord is rusty.

• The power plug/power cord is bent.

• The power plug/power cord is worn.

• The power plug/power cord is split.

Caution

• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord

and call for service. Using the machine with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an

electric shock.

140

Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord

To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.

Important

• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the POWER lamp is off.

Unplugging the power cord while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the

print head and print quality may be reduced.

1. Press the ON button to turn the machine off.

2. Confirm that the POWER lamp is off.

3. Unplug the power cord.

The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.

141

Using the Operation Panel

The operation panel consists of the touch screen (A) and buttons (B).

Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and

other functions.

The HOME screen comprises three separate screens.

(A) touch screen

(B) Buttons on the operation panel

Basic Operation of the touch screen

Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or

settings.

Important

• When operating the touch screen, make sure to avoid the followings, which may cause the machine

to malfunction or damage the machine.

• Strongly pressing the touch screen.

• Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as on

ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails).

• Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.

• Placing any objects on the touch screen.

• Do not attach a protective sheet on the touch screen. Removing it may damage the touch screen.

Tap

Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release.

Use to select an item or photo on the screen.

142

Touch

Touch lightly with your finger tip.

To move forward (or go back) menus or photos continuously, keep touching the forward (or back) mark.

Flick

Flick your finger on the screen up, down, left, or right.

Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos.

Drag

While lightly touching the screen, move your finger up, down, left, or right.

Use to view lists of items or move sliders.

143

An Operation Example of the touch screen

Example: The touch screen operation on the photo selection screen in Photo print

Flick your finger left or right on a photo to display the next or previous photo.

You can also tap the marks (C) to do the same. To move continuously forwards or backwards through

photos, hold your touch on either of the marks (C).

Tap (D) to switch to a screen that displays multiple photos.

Drag the slide bar (H) left or right to change the number of photos displayed on the screen. Tapping (I) or

(J) also changes it.

Tap (E) to display the To most recent date screen.

Flick left or right and tap the date of photos to display.

Tap (F) to enlarge/reduce the photo.

144

Tap (K) to enlarge the photo and (L) to reduce it.

Drag your finger on the photo to display the part you want to see.

Tap (G) to display the Settings screen.

Drag the screen up or down and tap an item to select.

This opens another list of items. Drag it in the same manner and tap a setting.

145

Loading Paper / Originals

Loading Paper

Loading Originals

Inserting the Memory Card

146

Loading Paper

Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper

Loading Envelopes

Media Types You Can Use

Media Types You Cannot Use

Printing Area

147

Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper

You can load plain paper or photo paper.

Important

• If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) to perform trial

print, it can cause paper jams.

Note

• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.

For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Media Types You Can Use.

• You can use general copy paper.

For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine, see Media Types You Can Use.

1. Prepare paper.

Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.

Note

• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may

cause paper jams.

• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the

paper becomes completely flat.

For details on how to flatten curled paper, see "Load the paper after correcting its curl." in Paper Is

Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched.

•When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a

time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper

and reduce the print quality.

2. Load paper.

1. Open the front cover gently.

148

2. Holding the right tab on the front cover, pull out the cassette until it stops.

3. Use the right paper guide (A) to slide both paper guides all the way out.

4. Load the paper in the center of the cassette WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.

Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the cassette.

Important

•Always load paper in the portrait orientation (B). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (C) can

cause paper jams.

149

5. Slide the right paper guide (A) to align the paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.

Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.

Note

•Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (D).

• Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (E) of the paper guides.

•Load small size paper, such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm), by pushing it in all the way to the back of the

cassette.

150

6. Holding the right tab on the front cover, push the cassette back until the arrow ( ) on the

front cover is aligned with the arrow ( ) on the machine.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen.

7. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette at Page size and Type, then tap

OK.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

Paper setting for Printing

3. Open the paper output tray.

1. Extend the paper support (F), then open the output tray extension (G).

2. Open the paper output tray (H) gently, then extend the paper output support (I).

151

Important

•Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing. If not open, the machine cannot start printing.

Note

• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation

panel or printer driver.

152

Loading Envelopes

You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10.

The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the

printer driver properly.

Important

• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported.

• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to

malfunction.

• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface

• Envelopes with a double flap

• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive

1. Prepare envelopes.

• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.

•If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite

direction.

• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.

• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.

The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.

Important

•The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure

that no curl or puff exceeds 0.1 inch (3 mm).

2. Load envelopes.

1. Open the front cover gently.

153

2. Holding the right tab on the front cover, pull out the cassette until it stops.

3. Use the right paper guide (A) to slide both paper guides all the way out.

4. Load the envelopes in the center of the cassette WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING

DOWN.

The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side.

(B) Rear side

Push the envelopes all the way to the back of the cassette.

Up to 5 envelopes can be loaded at once.

154

5. Slide the right paper guide (A) to align the paper guides with both sides of the envelopes.

Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.

Note

•Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (D).

•Keep the envelope stack height below the tabs (E) of the paper guides.

6. Holding the right tab on the front cover, push the cassette back until the arrow ( ) on the

front cover is aligned with the arrow ( ) on the machine.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen.

155

7. Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the cassette at Page size and Type, then

tap OK.

Paper setting for Printing

3. Open the paper output tray.

1. Extend the paper support (F), then open the output tray extension (G).

2. Open the paper output tray (H) gently, then extend the paper output support (I).

156

Important

•Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing. If not open, the machine cannot start printing.

Note

• When printing, select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the

printer driver.

157

Media Types You Can Use

Choose paper suitable for printing, for the best print results. Canon provides you various types of paper to

enhance the fun of printing, such as stickers as well as papers for photo or document. We recommend the

use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos.

Media Types

Commercially available papers

• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)

• Envelopes*1

Canon genuine papers

The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets. Refer to the instruction manual

supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper. For

information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper, access our website.

Note

• You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region

of purchase. Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number. Purchase paper by name.

Paper for printing photos:

• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>

• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>

• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>

• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>

• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>

• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>

• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>

Paper for printing business documents:

• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1

Paper for creating your own prints:

• T-Shirt Transfers <TR-301>*1

• Photo Stickers <PS-101>

*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported.

Paper Load Limit

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

Note

• When printing photos saved on a PictBridge compliant device, you must specify the page size and

media type.

Printing from a Digital Camera

158

Page Sizes

You can use the following page sizes.

Note

• Printing on the following page sizes from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not

supported.

• Legal and Envelopes

Standard sizes:

• Letter

• Legal

• A5

• A4

• B5

• 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)

• 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)

• 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)

• Envelope DL

• Envelope Com 10

Non-standard sizes:

You can print on non-standard size paper within the following ranges.

• Minimum size: 3.50 x 5.00 inches (89.0 x 127.0 mm)

• Maximum size: 8.50 x 14.00 inches (215.9 x 355.6 mm)

Paper Weight

You can use paper in the following weight range.

• 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m2) (plain paper except for Canon genuine paper)

Do not use heavier or lighter paper (except for Canon genuine paper), as it could jam in the machine.

Notes on Storing Paper

• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.

• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a

level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.

159

Paper Load Limit

Commercially Available Papers

Media Name Cassette Paper Output Tray

Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 100 sheets

(10 sheets: Legal)

Approx. 50 sheets

(10 sheets: Legal)

Envelopes 5 envelopes *2

Canon Genuine Papers

Note

• We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before

continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration (except for High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>).

Paper for printing photos:

Media Name <Model No.> Cassette

Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*3 10 sheets: A4, Letter, and 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)

20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)

Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>*3 10 sheets: A4 and Letter

20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)

Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>*3 10 sheets: A4 and Letter

20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)

Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>*3 10 sheets: A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), and 8" x 10"

(20 x 25 cm)

20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)

Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*3 10 sheets: A4 and Letter

Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*3 10 sheets: A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), and 8" x 10"

(20 x 25 cm)

20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)

Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> 10 sheets: A4 and Letter

20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)

Paper for printing business documents:

Media Name <Model No.> Cassette Paper Output Tray

High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> 65 sheets 50 sheets

Paper for creating your own prints:

Media Name <Model No.> Cassette

T-Shirt Transfers <TR-301> 1 sheet

Photo Stickers <PS-101> 1 sheet

160

*1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper

or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature or humidity). In such cases, reduce the

number of paper you load at a time to less than half.

*2 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before

continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration.

*3 When loading paper in stacks, the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed

properly. In this case, load one sheet at a time.

161

Media Types You Cannot Use

Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also

the machine to jam or malfunction.

• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper

• Damp paper

• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m2))

• Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m2), except for Canon genuine

paper)

• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing

on paper smaller than A5)

• Picture postcards

• Postcards affixed with photos or stickers

• Envelopes with a double flap

• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface

• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive

• Any type of paper with holes

• Paper that is not rectangular

• Paper bound with staples or glue

• Paper with adhesives

• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.

162

Printing Area

Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes

Letter, Legal

Envelopes

163

Printing Area

To ensure the best print quality, the machine allows a margin along each edge of media. The actual

printable area will be the area inside these margins.

Recommended printing area : Canon recommends that you print within this area.

Printable area : The area where it is possible to print. However, printing in this area can affect the print

quality or the paper feed precision.

Note

• With performing Automatic Duplex Printing and Duplex (Two-sided) Copying, the printable area will be

0.08 inch (2 mm) smaller at the top margin.

• When performing borderless copying or borderless printing from a printed photo, select Extended copy

amount in Print settings of Device settings to specify the amount of images that extends off the

paper.

Print settings

• By selecting Borderless Printing option, you can make prints with no margins.

• When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is

enlarged to fill the whole page.

• For Borderless Printing, use the following paper:

• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>

• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>

• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>

• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>

• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>

• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>

• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>

Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality

and/or result in printouts with altered color hues.

Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality. Use them only for test

printing. Borderless Printing onto plain paper from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not

supported.

• Borderless Printing is not available for legal, A5, or B5 sized paper, or envelopes.

• Depending on the type of paper, Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom

edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged.

164

Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes

Size Printable Area (width x height)

A5 5.56 x 7.95 inches (141.2 x 202.0 mm)

A4 8.00 x 11.38 inches (203.2 x 289.0 mm)

B5 6.90 x 9.80 inches (175.2 x 249.0 mm)

4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) 3.73 x 5.69 inches (94.8 x 144.4 mm)

5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) 4.73 x 6.69 inches (120.2 x 169.8 mm)

8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) 7.73 x 9.69 inches (196.4 x 246.0 mm)

Recommended printing area

(A) 1.70 inches (43.3 mm)

(B) 1.47 inches (37.4 mm)

Printable area

(D) 0.20 inch (5.0 mm)

(E) 0.13 inch (3.4 mm)

(F) 0.13 inch (3.4 mm)

165

Letter, Legal

Size Printable Area (width x height)

Letter 8.00 x 10.69 inches (203.2 x 271.4 mm)

Legal 8.00 x 13.69 inches (203.2 x 347.6 mm)

Recommended printing area

(A) 1.70 inches (43.3 mm)

(B) 1.47 inches (37.4 mm)

Printable area

(D) 0.20 inch (5.0 mm)

(E) 0.25 inch (6.4 mm)

(F) 0.25 inch (6.3 mm)

166

Envelopes

Size Recommended Printing Area (width x height)

Envelope DL 3.88 x 7.06 inches (98.8 x 179.5 mm)

Envelope Com 10 3.68 x 7.90 inches (93.5 x 200.8 mm)

Recommended printing area

(A) 0.31 inch (8.0 mm)

(B) 1.28 inches (32.5 mm)

(D) 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)

167

Loading Originals

Loading Originals on the Platen Glass

How to Load Originals for Each Function

Originals You Can Load

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover

168

Loading Originals on the Platen Glass

1. Load an original on the platen glass.

1. Open the document cover.

2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass.

Originals You Can Load

How to Load Originals for Each Function

Important

• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass.

•Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.

• Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down

the original.

Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.

2. Close the document cover gently.

Important

• After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover before starting to

copy or scan.

169

How to Load Originals for Each Function

Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original

correctly, it may not be scanned properly.

Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark

• Load originals to copy

• In Scan,

◦ select Auto scan for Doc.type to scan text documents, magazines, or newspapers

◦ select Document or Photo for Doc.type and specify a standard size (A4, Letter, etc.) for Scan

size to scan originals

• With a software application on a computer,

◦ scan text documents, magazines, or newspapers

◦ select a standard size (A4, Letter, etc.) to scan originals

Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the

alignment mark . Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

Important

• The machine cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 inch (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).

Loading Only One Original in the Center of the platen glass

• Scan only one printed photo in Photo copy

• In Scan,

◦ select Auto scan for Doc.type to scan one printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc

170

◦ select Photo for Doc.type and specify Auto scan for Scan size to scan one original

• Scan one printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc with a software application on a computer

Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space

between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass. Portions placed on the diagonally striped

area cannot be scanned.

Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass

• Scan two or more printed photos in Photo copy

• In Scan,

◦ select Auto scan for Doc.type to scan two or more printed photos, postcards, or business cards

◦ select Photo for Doc.type and specify Auto multi scan for Scan size to scan two or more

originals

• Scan two or more printed photos, postcards, or business cards with a software application on a

computer

Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space

between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass and the originals, and between the

originals. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

You can place up to 12 items.

(A) More than 0.4 inch (1 cm)

Note

• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to

approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 inches (180 mm) or more cannot

be corrected.

• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.

171

Originals You Can Load

Item Details

Types of originals - Text document, magazine, or newspaper

- Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)

Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm)

Note

• When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass, you can load it by removing the

document cover from the machine.

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover

172

How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover

Detaching the document cover:

Hold up the document cover vertically and then tip it back.

Attaching the document cover:

Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover

vertically as illustrated below.

173

Inserting the Memory Card

Before Inserting the Memory Card

Inserting the Memory Card

Removing the Memory Card

174

Before Inserting the Memory Card

The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the machine.

Important

• If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your

digital camera, the image data may be unreadable on the machine or damaged. For information on

memory cards that your digital camera guarantees operation, refer to the instruction manual supplied

with your digital camera.

• Format the memory card with a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system

(Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). The memory card may not be

compatible with the machine if it is formatted on a computer.

Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter

• SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card

• Memory Stick Duo, Memory Stick PRO Duo

Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter

Important

• Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting to the card

slot.

If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter, you may not be able to

remove the memory card.

Cannot Remove a Memory Card

• miniSD Card, miniSDHC Card

Use the special "SD Card Adapter".

• microSD Card, microSDHC Card

Use the special "SD Card Adapter".

• Memory Stick Micro

Use the special Duo size adapter.

175

Printable Image Data

• This machine accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File

system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). Other image or movie types

such as RAW images cannot be printed.

• The machine accepts images scanned and saved with the machine when Doc.type is set to Photo

and Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg").

Note

• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.

176

Inserting the Memory Card

Important

• When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is

flashing, the machine is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card

slot.

Note

• When Read/write attribute is set to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC, you cannot

print image data from the memory card using the operation panel of the machine. After using the card

slot as the memory card drive of a computer, remove the memory card, select Device user settings in

Device settings, then set Read/write attribute to Not writable from PC.

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer

• When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card, be sure to print them

from the computer. If you use the operation panel, the photos may not be printed properly.

1. Prepare your memory card.

Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one.

Before Inserting the Memory Card

2. Turn on the power.

3. Insert only one memory card into the card slot.

The location to insert a memory card varies depending on each type of memory card. Insert your

memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING UP into the card slot, according to the

insert location in the figure below.

When the memory card is inserted properly, the Access lamp (A) will light up.

Be sure to attach the card adapter for memory card with the mark (asterisk), and then insert it into the

card slot as shown below.

Insert the following types of memory cards into the upper card slot:

• Memory Stick Duo, Memory Stick PRO Duo

• Memory Stick Micro (with the Duo size adapter)

177

Insert the following types of memory cards into the lower card slot:

• SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card

• miniSD Card , miniSDHC Card

• microSD Card , microSDHC Card

Important

• Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further.

This can damage the machine or the memory card.

• Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot. If you

force the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation, the memory card or the machine

can be damaged.

• Do not insert more than one memory card at a time.

178

Removing the Memory Card

Important

• If you used the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer, you must perform the "safe removal"

operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from the machine.

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer

1. Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.

Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the machine.

Important

•Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing. The Access lamp flashes

while the machine is reading or writing data from/to the memory card. If you remove the memory

card or turn off the power while the Access lamp is flashing, the data saved on the memory card

can be damaged.

179

Replacing an Ink Tank

Checking the Ink Status

180

Replacing an Ink Tank

When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of

the error. Take appropriate action according to the message.

A Message Is Displayed

Note

• If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance

Procedure.

Replacing Procedure

When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.

Important

• If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the machine with the ink tank

removed.

• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.

Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the machine will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink

tank properly.

• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the machine and leave it out in the open.

This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the machine may not operate properly when it is

reinstalled. To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.

Note

• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-

white printing is specified.

Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head, which may

be necessary to maintain the performance of the machine. When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it

immediately with a new one.

Useful Information about Ink

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Open the front cover.

3. Open the operation panel (A), then open the paper output tray (B).

181

Open the operation panel (A) until it stops.

The print head holder moves to the replacement position.

Caution

•Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder

until it stops completely.

Important

• When opening or closing the operation panel, do not touch the buttons and touch screen on the

operation panel. Doing so may result in an unexpected operation.

• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine.

• If the operation panel is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to the

right. In this case, close and reopen the operation panel.

4. Remove the ink tank with the lamp flashing fast.

Push the tab (C) and lift the ink tank to remove.

Important

•Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.

•Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.

•Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of

consumables.

Note

•Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one

when replacing two or more ink tanks.

•For details on ink lamp flashing speed, see Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps.

182

5. Prepare a new ink tank.

1. Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape ( ) completely, then

remove the protective film ( ) completely.

Important

•Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.

•If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (D), ink may splash or the machine may not

print properly.

2. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (E) pointing up while being careful not to

block the Y-shape air hole (D).

3. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (E) to remove it off GENTLY.

183

Important

•Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air

hole (D) blocked, ink may splash.

•Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (E) or the open ink port (F). The ink may stain

your hands if you touch them.

•Do not reattach the protective cap (E) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the local

laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.

6. Install the new ink tank.

1. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.

Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.

2. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.

Make sure that the ink lamp lights up.

184

Important

•You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in

the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.

•You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.

7. Close the operation panel gently.

Caution

• When closing the operation panel, be careful not to get your fingers caught.

Important

•When opening or closing the operation panel, do not touch the buttons and touch screen on the

operation panel. Doing so may result in an unexpected operation.

Note

•If the error message appears after the operation panel is closed, take appropriate action.

A Message Is Displayed

•When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the machine starts cleaning the print head

automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of

the print head.

•If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar

symptoms, align the print head.

185

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.

1. Select Ink Level Information from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed.

If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs, the printer driver displays an icon to let you

know.

2. If necessary, click Ink Details

You can check the ink-related information.

Note

•Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low.

• Click to check which ink tank your model uses.

• Click Update to display the current remaining ink level.

186

Checking the Ink Status

Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine

Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps

You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

187

Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine

1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen.

If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button to display it.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

3. Tap Estimated ink levels.

A symbol appears in the area (A) if there is any information about the remaining ink level.

Example:

Ink tank is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.

Note

• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.

• To display and print the model number of the ink tank, tap Ink number.

•You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing.

• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

188

Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Open the front cover, then open the paper output tray.

3. Lift the operation panel and open until it stops.

Replacing Procedure

4. Check the ink lamp.

Close the operation panel after checking the ink lamp status.

Replacing Procedure

• The ink lamp is on.

The ink tank is correctly installed.

• The ink lamp is flashing.

Flashing slowly (at around 3-second intervals)

...... Repeats

Ink tank is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.

Flashing fast (at around 1-second intervals)

...... Repeats

- The ink tank is installed in the wrong position.

- The ink has run out.

Make sure that the ink tank is installed in the correct position as indicated by the label on the print

head holder. If the position is correct but the lamp flashes, there has been an error and the

machine cannot print. Check the error message displayed on the touch screen.

A Message Is Displayed

•The ink lamp is off.

The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining ink level is

disabled. If the ink tank is not firmly in place, make sure that the orange protective cap has been

189

removed from the bottom of the ink tank, then press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank

clicks into place.

If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling the ink tank, there has been an error and the machine

cannot print. Check the error message displayed on the touch screen.

A Message Is Displayed

Note

• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

190

Maintenance

When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect

Performing Maintenance from a Computer

Cleaning the Machine

191

When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect

Maintenance Procedure

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern

Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern

Cleaning the Print Head

Cleaning the Print Head Deeply

Aligning the Print Head

192

Maintenance Procedure

If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned

printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.

Important

• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink

tank.

Note

• Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.

• Open the operation panel and make sure that the lamp on the ink tank is lit. If the lamp is flashing or off,

take appropriate action.

Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps

• Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:

Step1 Print the nozzle check pattern.

From the machine

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern

From the computer

Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern

Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern.

If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:

Step3 Clean the print head.

From the machine

Cleaning the Print Head

From the computer

193

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer

After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1

If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:

Step4 Clean the print head deeply.

From the machine

Cleaning the Print Head Deeply

From the computer

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer

Note

• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off

the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.

If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.

When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are

Misaligned:

Step Align the print head.

From the machine

Aligning the Print Head

From the computer

Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer

194

Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern

Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.

Note

• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink

tank whose ink is low.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch

screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type, then tap OK.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

3. Open the paper output tray gently.

4. Print the nozzle check pattern.

1. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

2. Tap Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

3. Tap Print nozzle check pattern.

195

The confirmation screen will appear.

4. Tap Yes.

The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch

screen.

5. Examine the nozzle check pattern.

196

Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern

Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.

1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern (C) or horizontal white streaks in the pattern

(D).

(A) No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks

(B) Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present

(E) Number of sheets printed so far

2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation

screen.

For (A) (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern (C) and pattern (D):

1. The cleaning is not required. Tap All A.

2. Confirm the message, then tap OK.

197

The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.

For (B) (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern (C) or pattern (D),

or in both patterns:

1. The cleaning is required. Tap Also B.

The cleaning confirmation screen will appear.

2. Tap Yes.

The machine starts cleaning the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

Note

• The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the

nozzle check pattern.

198

Cleaning the Print Head

Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check

pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head

consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch

screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type, then tap OK.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

3. Open the paper output tray gently.

4. Clean the print head.

1. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

2. Tap Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

3. Tap Cleaning.

199

The confirmation screen will appear.

4. Tap Yes.

The machine starts cleaning the print head.

Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes

about 1 minute.

The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.

5. Tap Yes.

The nozzle check pattern will be printed.

5. Examine the nozzle check pattern.

Note

• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.

200

Cleaning the Print Head Deeply

If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.

Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean

the print head deeply only when necessary.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch

screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type, then tap OK.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

3. Open the paper output tray gently.

4. Clean the print head deeply.

1. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

2. Tap Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

3. Tap Deep cleaning.

201

The confirmation screen will appear.

4. Tap Yes.

The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply.

Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This

takes about 1 to 2 minutes.

The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.

5. Tap Yes.

The nozzle check pattern will be printed.

6. When the completion message appears, tap OK.

5. Examine the nozzle check pattern.

If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.

If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.

If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.

202

Aligning the Print Head

If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head

position.

Note

• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.

Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including recycled paper)*

* Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides.

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

After pushing the cassette back, the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch

screen. Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type, then tap OK.

If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration.

3. Open the paper output tray gently.

4. Print the print head alignment sheet.

1. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

2. Tap Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

3. Tap Auto head alignment.

203

The confirmation screen will appear.

4. Tap Yes.

The print head alignment sheet will be printed.

Important

•Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled, it

may not be scanned properly.

5. When the message "Did the patterns print correctly?" appears, confirm that the pattern is

printed correctly, tap Yes.

5. Scan the print head alignment sheet to adjust the print head position.

1. Confirm the message, then load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.

Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark on

the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .

204

2. Close the document cover gently, then tap OK.

The machine starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted

automatically.

Important

•Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass until

adjusting the print head position is complete.

•If the error message appears on the touch screen, tap OK to release the error, then take appropriate

action.

A Message Is Displayed

3. When the completion message appears, tap OK.

Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass.

Note

• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,

adjust the print head position manually from the computer.

Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer

• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the head alignment value

on the Maintenance screen.

205

Performing Maintenance from a Computer

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer

Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern

Aligning the Print Head

Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

206

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer

The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head

cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink.

The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows:

Cleaning

1. Select Cleaning from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

2. Click the Cleaning icon

When the dialog opens, select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed.

Click to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning.

3. Execute cleaning

Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK.

Print head cleaning starts.

4. Complete cleaning

The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message.

5. Check the results

To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check

process, click Cancel.

If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.

Important

•Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.

Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform

cleaning only when necessary.

Deep Cleaning

Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do

not resolve the print head problem.

1. Select Cleaning from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

2. Click the Deep Cleaning icon

207

When the dialog opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed.

Click to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning.

3. Execute deep cleaning

Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK.

Click OK when the confirmation message appears.

Print head deep cleaning starts.

4. Complete deep cleaning

The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message.

5. Check the results

To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check

process, click Cancel.

Important

•Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.

Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform

cleaning only when necessary.

Note

• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then

perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, the ink may have run out or the

print head may be worn. For details on the remedial action to be taken, see "Ink Is Not Ejected."

Related Topic

Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern

208

Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern

The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a

nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print.

The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows:

Nozzle Check

1. Select Test Print from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

2. Click the Nozzle Check icon

The confirmation message appears.

Click to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern.

3. Load paper in the printer

Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.

Note

• If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper,

an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for

Printing."

For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the

following:

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

4. Print a nozzle check pattern

Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern.

Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins.

5. Check the print result

When the dialog opens, check the print result. If the print result is normal, click Quit.

If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the print

head.

Related Topic

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer

209

Aligning the Print Head

When you perform head position adjustment, errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and

conditions such as color and line streaking are improved.

If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions, adjust the position of the print

head.

On this printer, you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually.

210

Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer

Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and

lines.

This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.

The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows:

Print Head Alignment

1. Select Custom Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

2. Switch head alignment to manual

Check the Align heads manually check box.

3. Apply the settings

Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.

4. Select Test Print from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

5. Click the Print Head Alignment icon

A message is displayed.

6. Load paper in the printer

Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette.

Note

• If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper,

an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for

Printing."

For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the

following:

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

7. Execute head alignment

Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head.

The first pattern is printed.

Important

•Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress.

8. Check the printed pattern

211

Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes, and click

OK.

Note

• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical

streaks.

(A) Least noticeable vertical streaks

(B) Most noticeable vertical streaks

9. Confirm the displayed message and click OK

The second pattern is printed.

Important

• Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress.

10. Check the printed pattern

Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes or streaks in the associated boxes,

and click OK.

212

Note

• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable

horizontal stripes.

(A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes

(B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes

• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable

horizontal streaks.

(A) Least noticeable horizontal streaks

(B) Most noticeable horizontal streaks

Note

• After head alignment is completed, you can print and check the current setting. To do so, click the

Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed, click Print Alignment Value.

213

Cleaning the Machine

Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine

Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover

Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller

Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

214

Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine

Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently.

Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning.

Important

• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine.

• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not

to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause

problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.

• Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean

the machine, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine.

• When cleaning the touch screen, be sure to use a soft cloth, such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth, to wipe

off dirt on the surface. Do not apply excessive pressure. Never use cleaners containing organic

solvents to wipe the touch screen.

215

Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover

Important

• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine.

• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not

to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause

problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.

• Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean

the machine, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine.

With a soft, clean, lint-free and dry cloth, wipe the platen glass (A) and the inner side of the document cover

(white sheet) (B) gently. Make sure not to leave any residue, especially on the glass surface.

Important

• The inner side of the document cover (white sheet) (B) is easily damaged, so wipe it gently.

216

Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller

If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.

In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only

when necessary.

You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Select Roller cleaning.

1. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

2. Tap Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

3. Tap Roller cleaning.

The confirmation screen will appear.

4. Tap Yes.

3. Clean the paper feed roller without paper.

1. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette.

2. Tap OK.

The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned.

4. Clean the paper feed roller with paper.

1. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load

three or more sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.

217

2. Open the paper output tray gently.

3. Tap OK.

The machine starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.

4. When the completion message appears, tap OK.

If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact the service center.

218

Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

Remove stains from the inside of the machine. If the inside of the machine becomes dirty, printed paper may

get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.

You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*

* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.

1. Make sure that the power is turned on.

2. Clean the inside of the machine.

1. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The setup menu screen will appear.

2. Tap Maintenance.

The Maintenance screen will appear.

3. Tap Bottom plate cleaning.

The confirmation screen will appear.

4. Tap Yes.

5. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then tap OK.

6. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.

7. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,

unfold the paper, then tap OK.

219

8. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and the

edge of the half with no crease facing away from you.

9. Open the paper output tray gently, then tap OK.

The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine.

Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning

again.

10. When the completion message appears, tap OK.

Note

•When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.

If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the machine may be

stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.

Important

• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine.

220

Changing the Machine Settings

Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer

Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer

221

Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

Registering a Changed Printing Profile

Managing the Printer Power

Reducing the Printer Noise

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

222

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.

1. Select Ink Level Information from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed.

If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs, the printer driver displays an icon to let you

know.

2. If necessary, click Ink Details

You can check the ink-related information.

Note

•Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low.

• Click to check which ink tank your model uses.

• Click Update to display the current remaining ink level.

223

Registering a Changed Printing Profile

You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog. The registered printing profile

can be called up from Presets to be used. You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile.

The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows:

Registering a Printing Profile

1. In the Print dialog, set the necessary items

2. Select Save Current Settings as Preset... (Save As...) from the Presets

3. Save the settings

In the displayed dialog, enter a name in Preset Name, and if necessary, set Preset Available For.

Then click OK.

Important

•There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset.

Using Registered Printing Profile

1. On Presets in the Print dialog, select the name of printing profile you want to use

Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile.

224

Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile

1. Select the printing profile to be deleted

•If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9, OS X Mountain Lion v10.8, or OS X Lion v10.7

In the print dialog, select Show Presets... in the Presets section. Then in the dialog that

appears, select the name of the printing profile to be deleted.

• If you are using Mac OS X v10.6.8

On Presets in the Print dialog, select the name of printing profile you want to delete.

2. Delete the printing profile

•If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9, OS X Mountain Lion v10.8, or OS X Lion v10.7

Click Delete, and click OK. The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets.

•If you are using Mac OS X v10.6.8

On Presets in the Print dialog, click Delete. The selected printing profiles will be deleted from

Presets.

225

Managing the Printer Power

This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver.

The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows:

Power Off

The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the

printer on from the printer driver.

1. Select Power Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

2. Execute power off

Click Power Off, and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.

The printer power switches off.

Auto Power

Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.

The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.

The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the

printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.

1. Select Power Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

2. Check that the printer is on, and then click Auto Power

A dialog appears.

Note

•If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an

error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.

3. If necessary, complete the following settings:

Auto Power On

Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data.

Auto Power Off

Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver

or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.

4. Apply the settings

The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list

according to the same procedure.

226

Important

• If you connect this printer to a network and use it, you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not be

turned off automatically.

227

Reducing the Printer Noise

The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce

the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.

Using this function may lower the print speed.

The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows:

1. Select Quiet Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

Note

• If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, a message may be displayed because

the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer. If this happens,

click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.

2. Set the quiet mode

If necessary, specify one of the following items:

Do not use quiet mode

Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.

Always use quiet mode

Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.

Use quiet mode during specified hours

Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified

period of time.

Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to

the same time, the quiet mode will not function.

Important

•You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver.

No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform

operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.

•If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours, quiet mode is not applied to

operations (copy, direct print, etc.) performed directly from the printer.

228

3. Apply the settings

Make sure that the printer is on and click Apply.

Click OK when the confirmation message appears.

The settings are enabled hereafter.

Note

• The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.

229

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.

The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows:

1. Make sure that the printer is on, and then select Custom Settings from the pop-up menu

on the Canon IJ Printer Utility

Note

•If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, a message may be displayed because

the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer.

If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.

2. If necessary, complete the following settings:

Ink Drying Wait Time

You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the

slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.

If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,

increase the ink drying wait time.

Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.

Display Guide Message

Displays a guide when you perform operations in which the paper setting procedure is complicated.

Hagaki Printing

Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing.

To hide the guide messages, select the Do not show again check box in the displayed dialog.

To display the guide messages again, display the Canon IJ Printer Utility pop-up menu, select

Custom Settings, and then check the Hagaki Printing check box.

Important

• With OS X Mavericks v10.9, OS X Mountain Lion v10.8, or OS X Lion v10.7, you cannot use

Display Guide Message.

Therefore, if you check the Do not show again check box when a guide message is displayed

before printing starts, this will stop any more guide messages from being displayed.

Prevent paper abrasion

The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing

to prevent paper abrasion.

Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.

Prevent paper double-feed

Select this check box only if the printer is feeding multiple sheets of plain paper at the same time.

Important

•Using this function slows down the print speed.

Align heads manually

Usually, the Print Head Alignment function of Test Print on the pop-up menu in the Canon IJ

Printer Utility is set to automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.

If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head

alignment.

230

Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform the

automatic head alignment.

Don't detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer

When you print documents from your computer and the paper settings on the print dialog and the

printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and allows you to continue printing.

To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.

3. Apply the settings

Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.

The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.

231

Changing the Machine Settings on the LCD

Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel

Print settings

LAN settings

Device user settings

PictBridge print settings

Language selection

Home screen background color

Firmware update

Cassette settings

Reset setting

About ECO settings

About Quiet setting

Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode

232

Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel

This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps

to specify Extended copy amount as an example.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Device settings.

The Device settings screen is displayed.

4. Tap the setting item to adjust.

The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.

5. Tap the setting item.

6. Tap the setting to specify.

233

You can select the setting menus below.

Print settings

LAN settings

Device user settings

PictBridge print settings

Language selection

Home screen background color

Firmware update

Cassette settings

Reset setting

Note

• You can use the machine considering the environment, such as setting 2-sided printing as default or

enabling the machine to turn on/off automatically.

About ECO settings

• You can reduce the operating noise when printing at night.

About Quiet setting

234

Print settings

•Prevent paper abrasion

Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.

Important

• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower

print quality.

•Extended copy amount

Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).

Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You

can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed.

Cropped area will be larger if Extended amount: Large is selected.

Important

• This setting can be applied under the following conditions:

- Performing borderless copying

- Borderless is selected for Border when copying printed photos

Note

• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended

amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.

•Auto photo fix setting

When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the

image files in the following cases.

◦Auto photo fix is selected for Photo fix when printing from a memory card.

◦ The print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is set to Default* or On when

printing with a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device,

select Auto photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge print settings.

•Prevent paper double-feed

Select ON to prevent double-feed of plain paper.

Important

• Select ON only when double-feed of plain paper occurs.

•Adjust horizontal print position

Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.

You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.003 inches/0.1 mm between -0.1 inches/-3 mm

and +0.1 inches/+3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper.

235

Important

• For Letter-sized or Legal-sized paper, you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.05

inches/-1.5 mm and +0.05 inches/+1.5 mm even if you specify the value over 0.05 inches/1.5 mm.

236

LAN settings

•Change LAN

Enables either wireless LAN or access point mode. You can also disable wireless LAN or access point

mode.

•Wireless LAN setup

Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection.

Note

• You can also enter this setting menu by selecting WLAN on the HOME screen. In this case, enable

wireless LAN.

When this menu is selected, the machine starts searching for a WPS-compatible access point. If the

machine detects the access point, follow the on-screen instructions to set up wireless LAN. If an access

point is not detected or if you select another setup method, select one of the setup methods below.

◦Standard setup

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the

machine.

◦WPS (Push button method)

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi-Fi

Protected Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.

◦Other setup

Advanced setup

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually. You can specify multiple WEP

keys.

WPS (PIN code method)

Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi-Fi

Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.

Cableless setup

Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the machine directly from a

device (such as a smartphone) without operating the access point. Follow the on-screen

instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.

•Confirm LAN settings

The list of wireless LAN settings or the access point mode of this machine is displayed on the touch

screen. You can print the list from this setting menu.

◦WLAN setting list

The list of wireless LAN settings of this machine is displayed on the touch screen.

The following setting items are displayed.

Items Setting

Connection Active/Inactive

SSID XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

237

Communication mode Infrastructure

Channel XX

Wireless LAN security Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/WPA2-

PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES)

IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX

IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX

IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX

IPv6 address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX

IPv6 subnet prefix length XXX

IPv6 default gateway XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX

MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

IPsec settings Enable (ESP)/Enable (ESP & AH)/Enable (AH)/Disable

Pre-shared key XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

◦AP mode setting list

The list of access point mode settings of this machine is displayed on the touch screen.

The following setting items are displayed.

Items Setting

Connection Active/Inactive

SSID XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Password XXXXXXXXXX

Communication mode Access point mode

Channel 3

Wireless LAN security Inactive/WPA2-PSK(AES)

IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX

IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX

238

IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX

IPv6 address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX

IPv6 subnet prefix length XXX

IPv6 default gateway XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX

MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

IPsec settings Disable

Pre-shared key XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

◦Print LAN details

You can print out the network settings of the machine such as its IP address and SSID.

For more information on the machine's network setting is printed out:

Printing Out Network Setting Information

Important

•This printout contains valuable information about your computer. Handle it with care.

•Other settings

Important

•You cannot select the items below when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN.

◦Set printer name

Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.

Note

•You cannot change this setting with the memory card inserted in the card slot.

•You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.

•You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.

◦TCP/IP settings

Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.

◦Set memory card sharing

Selects whether to share the card slot with a LAN connected computer.

239

Note

• You cannot change this setting with the memory card inserted in the card slot.

◦WSD setting

Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8.1,

Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista).

Enable/disable WSD

Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.

Note

• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in Windows

8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7 and Windows Vista.

WSD scan from this device

Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD.

Timeout setting

Specifies the timeout length.

◦Bonjour settings

Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS.

Enable/disable Bonjour

Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.

Service name

Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.

Note

• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.

◦LPR protocol setting

Activates/deactivates the LPR setting.

◦PictBridge communication

Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

Enable/disable communication

Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

Timeout setting

Specifies the timeout length.

◦Wireless LAN DRX setting

Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using wireless LAN. It allows

you to save electricity.

Note

• Depending on the access point you are using, discontinuous reception may not be activated

even though Enable is selected.

• Discontinuous reception is activated only while the machine is on standby. (The touch screen is

in the screen saver mode.)

240

◦Access point mode settings

When you use the machine as an access point, specify the access point name and the security

setting.

Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode

241

Device user settings

•Date display format

Changes the display format of dates when printed.

Note

• When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the

date is printed in the date display format you selected.

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

•Read/write attribute

Selects whether to allow data to be written onto memory cards from a computer.

Important

• Remove the memory card before changing this setting.

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer

• If you set this setting to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC, you cannot print photos

on a memory card using the operation panel of the machine. After you finish operation of the

memory card dedicated drive, be sure to set it back to Not writable from PC. When you turn off the

machine, Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC will be canceled and the setting is

returned to Not writable from PC when you turn on the machine next time.

• When Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC is selected, the auto power off setting is

inactive.

For details on the auto power off setting:

About ECO settings

•Sound control

Selects the volume.

◦Keypad volume

Selects the beep volume when tapping the touch screen or the buttons on the operation panel.

◦Alarm volume

Selects the alarm volume.

•Device info sending setting

Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server. The information sent to

Canon will be utilized to develop better products. Select Agree to send the printer usage information to

Canon server.

242

PictBridge print settings

You can change the print settings when printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device when you want to print

according to the settings on the machine.

To change print settings from the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device:

Settings on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device

1. Page size

Select the paper size when printing directly from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

When you perform PictBridge (Wireless LAN) settings from the machine, set Paper size to Default on

the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

2. Type (Media type)

Select the media type when printing directly from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

When you perform PictBridge (Wireless LAN) settings from the machine, set Paper type to Default on

the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

3. Print qlty (Print quality)

Select the print quality when printing directly from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

4. Border (Bordered/Borderless print)

Select the bordered/borderless layout.

When you perform PictBridge (Wireless LAN) settings from the machine, set Layout to Default on the

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

243

5. Photo fix

When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the most

suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter

to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each scene

with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.

Note

•As a default, photos on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device are printed with auto

correction applied.

•If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.

6. Red-EyeCorrection

Select ON to correct red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.

Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be

corrected.

7. Tap to specify the print settings.

244

Language selection

Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.

245

Home screen background color

Selects the background color of the HOME screen. You can select black or white.

246

Firmware update

You can update the firmware of the machine, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a

notification screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.

Note

• Only Check current version is available when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN in LAN

settings.

•Install update

Performs the firmware update of the machine. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the

on-screen instructions to perform update.

Important

• When you use this function, make sure that the machine is connected to the Internet.

Note

• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.

• Check the network settings such as an access point or a router.

• If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the touch screen, tap OK, then try again after

a while.

•Check current version

You can check the current firmware version.

•Update notification setting

When Yes is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware

update is displayed on the touch screen.

•DNS server setup

Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,

follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

•Proxy server setup

Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

247

Cassette settings

By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the machine from

misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the

loaded paper differs from the print settings.

For details:

Paper Setting for Printing

•Register cassette paper info

Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.

Note

• When you register the paper size and the media type, the screen to select whether you apply the

settings to those for copying is displayed. Select Yes to apply the registered settings to copying.

• For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on

the touch screen:

Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer

Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer

•Detect paper setting mismatch

If you select Yes, the machine detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with

those registered in Register cassette paper info. If printing starts with the settings that do not match,

an error message is displayed on the touch screen.

Note

• When No is selected, Register cassette paper info or Detect cassette reinsertion is disabled.

•Detect cassette reinsertion

If you select Yes, the machine detects the cassette is reinserted. When the Register cassette paper

info screen is displayed, register the paper size and the media type.

248

Reset setting

You can change the settings back to the default.

•Web service setup only

Reverts the Web service settings back to the default.

•LAN settings only

Reverts the LAN settings other than the administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool back to the

default.

•Settings only

Reverts the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.

•Device info sending setting only

Reverts only the device information sending settings.

•Reset all

Reverts all settings you made to the machine back to the default. The administrator password specified

by IJ Network Tool reverts to the default setting.

Note

• You cannot change the following setting items back to the default:

• The language displayed on the touch screen

• The background color of the HOME screen

• The current position of the print head

249

About ECO settings

This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn the machine

on/off automatically to save electricity.

Using Duplex Printing

Using Power Saving Function

Using Duplex Printing

Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap ECO settings.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Two-sided printing setting.

4. Specify the settings as necessary.

A. Tap to select two-sided copying as a default.

B. Tap to select duplex printing PDF files saved on a memory card as a default.

C. Tap to select two-sided printing of template forms on the machine as a default.

D. Tap to specify the print settings.

Note

•When duplex printing is selected, the icon is displayed on each menu of the HOME

screen or on the setting items for duplex printing on each print setting screen.

Using Power Saving Function

Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

250

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap ECO settings.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Energy saving settings.

4. Specify the settings as necessary.

A. Tap to specify the length of time to turn the machine off automatically when no operation is

made or no printing data is sent to the machine.

Note

• The Auto power off setting is invalid under the following conditions.

• When using the machine via a network and the network connection is enabled

You can check the connection status from WLAN setting list in Confirm LAN

settings under LAN settings.

• When Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC is selected for Read/write

attribute under Device user settings.

B. Tap to select the setting.

C. Tap to confirm the settings.

251

About Quiet setting

Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at

night.

Follow the procedure below to perform setting.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Quiet setting.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Use quiet mode.

The confirmation screen is displayed, then the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon.

Activate this setting to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.

Important

• Operating speed may be reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected.

•This function may not be so effective depending on the machine's setting. Furthermore, certain

noise, such as when the machine is preparing for printing, is not reduced.

Note

• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver. No

matter how you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the

operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning from the computer.

252

Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode

By using the machine as an access point in an environment that does not have wireless LAN router or

access point, or by using the machine as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless

LAN router or access point, you can connect the machine to an external device such as a computer or a

smartphone and print/scan from them.

This section describes how to enable the access point mode, the access point name of the machine, and

the security setting.

How to enable the Access Point Mode

Printing/Scanning with the Access Point Mode

How to terminate the Access Point Mode

Setting of the Access Point Mode

Important

• Before using the machine with the access point mode, confirm the usage restrictions then switch the

machine to the access point mode.

Restrictions

• If you use the machine with the access point mode for the long time, it is recommended that you

change the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and

letters with the point of view of security.

How to enable the Access Point Mode

Enable the access point mode following the procedure below.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Device settings.

4. Tap LAN settings.

5. Tap Change LAN.

6. Tap Access point mode active.

The access point name (SSID) that set currently is displayed. (When using the machine for the first

time, the default setting is displayed.)

When detecting the machine from the external device such as a computer or a smartphone, you can

detect with the access point name (SSID).

253

Note

• Tapping Details displays the security setting.

The password required when connecting from the external device is also displayed.

• You can specify the access point name (SSID) and the security setting optionally.

Setting of the Access Point Mode

7. Tap OK to start the connection.

The access point mode is enabled and the machine can be used as an access point.

Printing/Scanning with the Access Point Mode

Print/Scan with the access point mode following the procedure below.

1. Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the machine via

wireless LAN.

Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device, then assign the access point name specified

for the machine as a destination.

Note

• For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device, refer to the

device's instruction manual.

• When a WPA2-PSK (AES) password is valid on the machine, entering the password is required

to connect an external device to the machine via wireless LAN. Enter the password specified for

the machine.

2. Start printing or scanning from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone.

Note

• For details on how to print or scan from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone

via wireless LAN, refer to the device's or application's instruction manual.

How to terminate the Access Point Mode

In environments that the machine is connected with the computer over the wireless LAN usually, set the

machine to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the machine

with the access point mode temporarily.

1. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

2. Tap Device settings.

254

3. Tap LAN settings.

4. Tap Change LAN.

5. Tap Wireless LAN active.

If you do not use the machine over wireless LAN, select Disable LAN.

Setting of the Access Point Mode

Specify the settings for the access point mode following the procedure below.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Device settings.

4. Tap LAN settings.

5. Tap Other settings.

6. Tap Access point mode settings.

The screen to enter the access point name (SSID) is displayed.

7. Tap the touch screen.

8. Enter the access point name (up to 32 characters).

Enter the access point name when you use the machine as an access point.

9. Tap OK to finish entering the name.

10. Tap OK to finish specifying the access point name.

11. Select the security setting.

Disable

Finishes the access point settings without specifying the security setting.

WPA2-PSK (AES)

Specifies the security setting applying WPA2-PSK (AES). Proceed to the next step when the

screen to specify the password is displayed.

12. Tap the touch screen.

255

13. Enter the password (8 to 10 characters).

14. Tap OK to finish entering the password.

15. Tap OK to finish specifying the password setting.

Note

• If you change the access point mode setting of the machine, also change the access point setting of

the external device such as a computer or a smartphone.

256

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the

Computer

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer

257

Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the

Computer

The card slot of the machine can also be used as the memory card drive of the computer.

Note

• When you use the machine over LAN, the card slot of the machine can be used as the network drive.

Using the Card Slot over a Network

• You cannot write data to a memory card in the card slot over a network.

Important

• When Read/write attribute in Device user settings under Device settings is set to Writable from

USB PC or Writable from LAN PC using the operation panel of the machine, you cannot print photos

on a memory card using the operation panel of the machine. After using the card slot as the memory

card drive of the computer, remove the memory card, then be sure to set Read/write attribute to Not

writable from PC. When you turned off the machine, Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN

PC will be canceled and the setting is returned to Not writable from PC when you turn on the machine

next time.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Make sure that the memory card is not set.

If the memory card is set, remove it from the card slot.

Inserting the Memory Card

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Tap Device settings.

5. Tap Device user settings.

6. Tap Read/write attribute.

7. Check the message that is displayed, then tap OK.

8. Tap a read/write attribute to specify the setting.

Writable from USB PC

The card slot is used as the memory card drive of a computer connected to the machine via USB.

Data can be written on the memory card from the computer.

258

Writable from LAN PC

The card slot is used as the memory card drive of a computer connected to the machine via a

network. Data can be written on the memory card from the computer.

Not writable from PC

The card slot is used only for reading. Be sure to select this mode when printing photos from a

memory card.

Important

• When Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC is selected, the auto power off setting is

inactive.

For details on the auto power off setting:

About ECO settings

Important

• If you use the card slot as the memory card drive of the computer, you need to perform a "safe removal"

operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from your machine.

Drag the (Mount drive) icon into the Trash.

259

Information about Network Connection

Useful Information about Network Connection

260

Useful Information about Network Connection

Default Values Set at Factory (Network)

Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable

When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name

Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection Method

from USB to LAN

Printing Out Network Setting Information

261

Default Values Set at Factory (Network)

Default Values of the LAN Connection

Item The default

Change LAN Disable LAN

SSID BJNPSETUP

Communication mode Infrastructure

Wireless LAN security Disable

IP address (IPv4)Auto setup

IP address (IPv6)Auto setup

Set memory card sharing Enable

Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX

Enable/disable IPv6 Enable

Enable/disable WSD Enable

Timeout setting 1 minute

Enable/disable Bonjour Enable

Service name Canon MG6600 series

LPR protocol setting Enable

PictBridge communication Enable

Wireless LAN DRX setting Enable

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

* The default value in this item varies by machine. You can check the value in this item using the

operation panel on the machine.

LAN settings

Default Values of the Access Point Mode

Item The default

SSID (access point name) XXXXXX-MG6600series

Wireless LAN security WPA2-PSK (AES)

Password Serial number of the machine

(XXXXXX is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine.)

262

Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable

Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located

on the rear of the machine.

263

When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name

When the printer is detected, you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result

screen. The printer names on the screen are displayed with the MAC address added at the end of the

names or displayed as the printer name specified by Bonjour.

Select a printer with checking the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, or the serial number

set to the printer against that on the detection result screen.

Note

• A serial number may not be displayed on the detection result screen.

To check the MAC address of the printer, print out the network setting information using the operation panel

of the printer.

Printing Out Network Setting Information

Additionally, you can check the network setting information on the touch screen of the printer. Select WLAN

setting list from Confirm LAN settings in LAN settings under Device settings, and check the item

displayed on the touch screen.

LAN settings

264

Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection

Method from USB to LAN

To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN or to change the connection method between the

machine and the computer from USB to LAN, perform setup according to the instructions on our website.

Connecting to Other Computer with LAN

To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN, perform setup according to the instructions on our

website.

Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN

To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the machine with USB connection, perform

setup again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method.

265

Printing Out Network Setting Information

You can print out the current network settings of the machine using the operation panel of the machine.

Important

• This print out contains valuable information about your computer. Handle it with care.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

The menu screen is displayed.

4. Tap Device settings.

5. Tap LAN settings.

6. Tap Confirm LAN settings.

7. Tap Print LAN details.

8. Tap Yes.

The machine starts printing the network setting information.

The following information on the machine's network setting is printed out.

Item Explanations of the item Setting

Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable

Connection Connection status Active/Inactive

MAC Address MAC Address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

SSID SSID SSID of the wireless LAN/SSID of the access

point mode

Password Password Password of the access point mode (8 to 10

alphanumeric characters)

Communication Mode Communication Mode Infrastructure/Access Point Mode

Channel *1 Channel XX (1 to 13)

Encryption Method of the Encryption none/WEP/TKIP/AES

WEP Key Length WEP Key Length Inactive/128/64

266

Authentication Method of the Authentication none/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK

Signal Strength Signal Strength 0 to 100 [%]

TCP/IP Version TCP/IP Version IPv4 & IPv6/IPv4

IPv4 IP Address Selected IP Address (IPv4) XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

IPv4 Default Gateway Default Gateway (IPv4) XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Subnet Mask Subnet Mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

IPv6 IP Address *2 Selected IP Address (IPv6) XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IPv6 Default Gateway *2 Default Gateway (IPv6) XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Subnet Prefix Length *2 Subnet Prefix Length XXX

IPsec *3 IPsec setting Active

Security Protocol *3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP/ESP & AH/AH

Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception

(wireless LAN)

Enable/Disable

Other Settings Other settings -

Printer Name Printer name Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)

Shared Memory Card Memory card sharing Enable/Disable

WSD WSD setting Enable/Disable

WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]

LPR Protocol LPR protocol setting Enable/Disable

Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable

Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric

characters)

PictBridge Commun. PictBridge Communication Enable/Disable

DNS Server Getting DNS Server

automatically

Auto/Manual

Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Secondary Server Secondary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Proxy Server Proxy Server setting Enable/Disable

Proxy Port Specifying Proxy Port 1 to 65535

Proxy Address Proxy Address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

267

*1 Depending on the country or region of purchase, one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed.

*2 Only when IPv6 is enabled, the status of the network is printed.

*3 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled, the status of the network is printed.

268

About Network Communication

Changing and Confirming Network Settings

Appendix for Network Communication

269

Changing and Confirming Network Settings

IJ Network Tool

Canon IJ Network Tool Screen

Canon IJ Network Tool Menus

Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet

Changing the WEP Detailed Settings

Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings

Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet

Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet

Monitoring Wireless Network Status

Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine

Viewing the Modified Settings

270

IJ Network Tool

IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings. It is installed

when the machine is set up.

Important

• To use the machine over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,

such as an access point or a LAN cable.

• Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing.

• Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running.

• If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that

Canon software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security

software to always allow access.

Starting up IJ Network Tool

1. Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder, double-click Canon Utilities > IJ

Network Tool, and double-click the Canon IJ Network Tool icon.

Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer at

the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator

password is required.

For details:

About the Administrator Password

For improving security, it is recommended to change the administrator password.

Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet

271

Canon IJ Network Tool Screen

This section describes the items displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.

1. Utilities

Modifies the settings of the machine.

Select to change the network name (SSID) settings.

Setup

Sets up the machine.

If you setup the machine from scratch, connect your computer and the machine with a USB cable.

2. Printers:

Printer name, type, and connection destination are displayed.

The selected printer can be set up or be modified.

3. Update

Performs printer detection again. Click this button if the target printer is not displayed.

Important

•To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.

•If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then click

Update. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect

the machine and the computer with a USB cable, then click Update.

•If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this

condition.

Note

•This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu.

272

4. Configuration...

Enabled when Utilities is selected. Click to display the Configuration screen to configure settings of the

selected printer.

Note

• This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Settings menu.

273

Canon IJ Network Tool Menus

This section describes the menus in Canon IJ Network Tool.

1. Canon IJ Network Tool menu

About Canon IJ Network Tool

Displays the version of this application.

Quit Canon IJ Network Tool

Exits IJ Network Tool.

2. View menu

Status

Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication

status.

In the access point mode, this item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection

status.

Refresh

Updates and displays the contents of Printers: to the latest information.

Important

• To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.

•If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then select

Refresh. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect the

machine and the computer with a USB cable, then select Refresh.

•If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this

condition.

Note

•This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.

Network Information

Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer.

3. Settings menu

Configuration...

Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer.

Note

•This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.

Maintenance...

Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default.

274

Set up printer's wireless LAN...

You can change the access point mode settings. Perform settings following the message on the

screen.

If you change the Encryption Method: setting and the Password: setting, on the Set up printer's

wireless LAN screen, the changed settings are applied to the printer settings.

Note

•You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN.

4. Help menu

Instructions

Displays this guide.

275

Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet

To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB

cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection

without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying

the settings.

Note

• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.

• Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet.

1. Start up IJ Network Tool.

2. Select the printer in Printers:.

When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with USB

appearing in the Connected to column.

3. Click the Configuration... button.

4. Click the Wireless LAN button.

5. Change the settings or confirm.

Click OK after changing configuration. A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the

settings are sent to the printer. If you click OK, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted

Settings screen is displayed.

1. Network Type:

Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected.

AirPort Network (Infra)

Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point.

276

Access point mode

Connects external wireless communication devices (e.g. computers, smartphones, or tablets)

to the printer using it as an access point.

Note

• When Access point mode is displayed on Network Type:, you cannot change the settings

on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet.

•You can perform setting from Set up printer's wireless LAN... on the Settings menu when

you use the printer with the access point mode.

Depending on the printer you are using, you can change the settings using the operation

panel.

2. Network (SSID):

The network name (SSID) of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed.

In the access point mode, the access point name (SSID) of the printer is displayed.

Note

• Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use. The SSID is case-sensitive.

3. Search...

The Access Points screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to.

Access Points Screen

Note

• When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN, the button is grayed out and cannot be selected.

Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings.

4. Encryption Method:

Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN.

Important

• If all encryption types of the access point, printer, or computer do not match, the printer

cannot communicate with the computer. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer

after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure that encryption types for the

computer and the access point match that set to the printer.

•If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of

disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.

Do Not Use

Select to disable encryption.

Use Password (WEP)

Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified.

If a network password (WEP) has not been set, the WEP Details screen is displayed

automatically. To change WEP settings set before, click Configuration... to display the

screen.

Changing the WEP Detailed Settings

Use WPA/WPA2

Transmission is encrypted using a network key you specified.

277

The security has been strengthened more than WEP.

If a network key has not been set, the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is

displayed automatically. To change network key settings before, click Configuration... to

display the WPA/WPA2 Details screen.

Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings

5. Configuration...

The detailed settings screen is displayed. The network password (WEP) or the WPA/WPA2 key

selected in Encryption Method: can be confirmed and changed.

For details on WEP setting:

Changing the WEP Detailed Settings

For details on WPA/WPA2 setting:

Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings

6. TCP/IP Setting:

Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your

network environment.

Get IP address automatically

Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP

server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point.

Use following IP address

Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the

printer, or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address.

•Access Points Screen

1. Detected Access Points:

The signal strength from the access point, encryption type, name of access point, and the radio

channel can be confirmed.

Important

•If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of

disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.

278

Note

• Signal strength is displayed as follows.

: Good

: Fair

: Poor

•Type of encryption is displayed as follows.

Blank: No encryption

WEP: WEP is set

WPA/WPA2: WPA/WPA2 is set

2. Refresh

Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected.

If the target access point is set to a closed network (the stealth mode), click Cancel to return to the

previous screen and enter the network name (SSID) in Network (SSID).

Note

• Make sure that the access point is turned on.

3. Set

Click to set the network name (SSID) in Network (SSID): on the Wireless LAN sheet.

Note

• The WEP Details screen or the WPA/WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access

point is encrypted. In this case, configure the details to use the same encryption settings set

to the access point.

• Access points that cannot be used by this machine (including those configured to use different

encryption methods) are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured.

279

Changing the WEP Detailed Settings

Note

• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.

To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB

cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection

without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying

the settings.

1. Start up IJ Network Tool.

2. Select the printer in Printers:.

When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with USB

appearing in the Connected to column.

3. Click the Configuration... button.

4. Click the Wireless LAN button.

5. Select Use Password (WEP) in Encryption Method: and click Configuration....

The WEP Details screen is displayed.

6. Change the settings or confirm.

When changing the password (WEP key), the same change must be made to the password (WEP key)

of the access point.

1. Password (WEP Key):

Enter the same key as the one set to the access point.

The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the

combination of the key length and key format.

Key Length

64 bit 128 bit

Key Format ASCII 5 characters 13 characters

280

Hexadecimal (Hex) 10 digits 26 digits

2. Key Length:

Select either 64 bit or 128 bit.

3. Key Format:

Select either ASCII or Hex.

4. Key ID:

Select the Key ID (index) set to the access point.

Note

•When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN:

When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, confirm the settings in

Wireless Security of AirPort Utility.

•Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station.

•Select 1 for Key ID:. Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the

printer via the access point.

5. Authentication:

Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer's access to the access point.

Normally, select Auto. If you want to specify the method manually, select Open System or

Shared Key according to the setting of the access point.

7. Click OK.

Important

• If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was

switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to

the printer.

281

Changing the WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings

Note

• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.

To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB

cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection

without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying

the settings.

The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings.

1. Start up IJ Network Tool.

2. Select the printer in Printers:.

When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with USB

appearing in the Connected to column.

3. Click the Configuration... button.

4. Click the Wireless LAN button.

5. Select Use WPA/WPA2 in Encryption Method: and click Configuration....

6. Enter the passphrase, then click OK.

1. Passphrase:

Enter the passphrase set to the access point. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63

alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.

If you do not know the access point passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with the

access point or contact its manufacturer.

2. Dynamic Encryption Type:

The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure

encryption) automatically.

Important

•If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type:, select either TKIP(Basic Encryption) or

AES(Secure Encryption).

282

• If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was

switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to

the printer.

Note

• This machine supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-

Personal).

283

Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet

Note

• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.

• Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet.

1. Start up IJ Network Tool.

2. Select the printer in Printers:.

3. Click the Configuration... button.

4. Click the Wired LAN button.

5. Change the settings or confirm.

Click OK after changing configuration. A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the

settings are sent to the printer. If you click OK, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted

Settings screen is displayed.

1. TCP/IP Setting:

Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your

network environment.

Get IP address automatically

Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP

server functionality must be enabled on your router.

Use following IP address

Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the

printer, or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address.

284

Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet

Note

• You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode.

1. Start up IJ Network Tool.

2. Select the printer in Printers:.

3. Click the Configuration... button.

4. Click the Admin Password button.

The Admin Password sheet is displayed.

5. Change the settings or confirm.

1. Use admin password

Set an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options. To use this

feature, select this check box and enter a password.

Important

•The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32

characters. The password is case-sensitive. Do not forget the password you set.

2. Password:

Enter the password to set.

3. Password Confirmation:

Enter the password again for confirmation.

6. Click OK.

285

A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer. If you click

OK, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed.

Enter Password Screen

The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer.

•Admin Password

Enter the administrator password that was set. For security purposes, your password is not displayed

as you type it.

Important

• If you forget the administrator password you specified, initialize the printer to revert the password

to the default setting.

•OK

Click this item after you enter the administrator password.

•Cancel

This item returns you to list of detected printers. If you do not enter the correct administrator

password, you cannot operate the printer.

286

Monitoring Wireless Network Status

Note

• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.

• When using the machine over the wired LAN, you cannot monitor network status.

1. Start up IJ Network Tool.

2. Select the printer in Printers:.

3. Select Status from the View menu.

The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance.

1. Signal Level:

Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer, ranging from 0% to 100%.

2. Link Quality:

Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating, ranging from 0% to 100%.

Important

• If the indicated value is low, move your printer closer to the wireless network device.

3. Advanced Measurement...

Click to examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point. Follow the

instructions on the screen to start measuring and display the status. Measurement takes a few

minutes.

When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the access point:,

the printer can communicate with the access point. Otherwise, refer to displayed comments and

Help for improving the status of communication link, and click Remeasurement.

•Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range

with no obstacles between them.

•Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far.

If they are too far, move them closer together (within 164 ft./50 m).

•Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point.

In general, connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between

different floors. Adjust the locations to avoid such situations.

•Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point.

287

The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other

sources of radio interference. Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such

sources.

•Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby.

If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby, the

connection performance may become unstable. Be sure to use a radio channel that does not

interfere with other access points.

•Check that the printer and the access point face each other.

Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices. Replace the

access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance.

•Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer.

If appears in the result of the measurement, check whether other computers are not

accessing the printer.

If still appears even if you have tried the above, finish the measurement, then restart the IJ

Network Tool to start over the measurement.

Note

• If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance:, move the machine and access

point as instructed to improve the performance.

288

Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine

Important

• Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine, and printing or scanning operation

from a computer over network may become impossible. To use the machine over network, perform

setup according to the instructions on our website.

1. Start up IJ Network Tool.

2. Select the printer in Printers:.

3. Select Maintenance... from the Settings menu.

1. Setting Initialization

Initialize

Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default.

4. Click Initialize.

The Setting Initialization screen is displayed.

Click OK to initialize the network settings of the printer. Do not turn off the printer during initialization.

Click OK when initialization is complete.

Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection, so perform setup

according to the instructions on our website.

Note

• You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after

initializing the LAN settings. To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool, activate

wireless LAN in advance.

289

Viewing the Modified Settings

The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen.

When you click OK on the Confirmation screen, the following screen is displayed for confirming the

modified settings.

1. Settings:

A list of changes made in the Configuration screen is displayed.

290

Appendix for Network Communication

Using the Card Slot over a Network

About Technical Terms

Restrictions

291

Using the Card Slot over a Network

Note

• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.

Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive

Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network

Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive

The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network.

To mount the card slot as the network drive, follow the procedure below.

1. Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine.

2. Check the current printer name.

You can check the current printer name on the LCD of the printer.

3. On Finder, click the Go menu and Connect to Server.

4. Input "smb://xxxxxxxxxxxx/canon_memory/", then click Connect.

For example, if the current printer name is "123ABC000000", then input "smb://123ABC000000/

canon_memory/".

5. Make sure that the card slot is mounted.

When the card slot is mounted, the following icon appears on the desktop or in the Computer window

on the Go menu of Finder.

Note

•The authentication screen may appear. If it appears, you do not need to input the password.

•If you cannot mount the card slot with the method above, input the IP address of the machine

instead of the current printer name, and try again. For example, "smb://192.168.1.1/

canon_memory/". If you mount the card slot with the IP address, you have to remount it

whenever the machine's IP address changes.

Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network

• You cannot write data to a memory card in the card slot over a network. You can only read data from

a memory card.

292

• The card slot can be shared by multiple computers, if the machine is connected to a network. Multiple

computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time.

• If your computer joins a domain, the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive.

• If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files, a large amount of card access

may be generated. In this case, the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow. Operate

after the Access lamp of the machine is lit.

• When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network, file names consisting of eight

or less lowercase letters (not including its extension) may be shown in uppercase.

For example, a file name such as "abcdefg.doc" will be "ABCDEFG.DOC", while a name such as

"AbcdeFG.doc" will appear the same.

The file is not actually renamed, but merely appears to be changed.

• Disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer to read files from a memory card

over a network.

293

About Technical Terms

In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained.

•Access Point

A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients/the machine and

rebroadcasts it. Required in an infrastructure network.

•Access point mode

The machine is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g.

computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no access point or wireless LAN router

is available. You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode.

•Ad-hoc

Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer-to-peer basis,

i.e., all clients in with the same SSID/network name communicate directly with each other. No access

point is required. This machine does not support ad-hoc communication.

•Admin Password

Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users. It must be entered to

access the printer and change printer settings.

•AES

An encryption method. It is optional for WPA/WPA2. Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within

U.S. government organizations for information processing.

294

•AirPort Network (Infra)

Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point.

•Authentication Method

The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN. The methods

are agreeable each other.

When using WEP as an encryption method, the authentication method is able to fix to Open System

or Shared Key.

For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK.

◦Auto

The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point.

◦Open System

In this authentication method, the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key

even if Use Password (WEP) is selected.

◦Shared Key

In this authentication method, the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that

was set for encryption.

•Bonjour

A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network

automatically.

•Channel

Frequency channel for wireless communication. In the infrastructure mode, the channel is

automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point. This machine supports channels 1 to 13.

(Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase.) Note that

the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or

country.

•DHCP server functionality

The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the

personal computer on a network starts up.

•DNS server

A server that converts device names into IP addresses. When specifying IP addresses manually,

specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server.

295

•Firewall

It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the

firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation

system for computer.

•IEEE 802.11b

International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to

11 Mbps.

•IEEE 802.11g

International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to

54 Mbps. Compatible with 802.11b.

•IEEE 802.11n

International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges. Even when

using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using

multiple communication channels at the same time, the transmission speed may be influenced by the

connected apparatus.

At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps, it is possible to communicate with multiple computer

terminals within a dozen or so metre radius.

Compatible with 802.11b and 802.11g.

•IP Address

A unique number with four parts separated by dots. Every network device that is connected to the

Internet has an IP address. Example: 192.168.0.1

An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically.

•IPv4/IPv6

They are internetwork-layer protocol used on the internet. IPv4 uses 32-bit addresses and IPv6 uses

128-bit addresses.

•Key Format

Select either ASCII or Hex as the Password (WEP) key format. The character that can be used for the

WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats.

◦ ASCII

Specify with a 5 or 13-character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore "_"

characters. It is case-sensitive.

◦ Hex

Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f).

296

•Key Length

Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more

complex WEP key.

•Link Quality

The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise (interference) is

indicated with a value from 0 to 100%.

•LPR

A platform-independent printing protocol used in TCP/IP networks. It is not supported bidirectional

communication.

•MAC Address (AirPort ID)

Also known as the physical address. A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to

network devices by its manufacturer. MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a

hexadecimal number separated by colons, i.e., 11:22:33:44:55:66.

•Network (SSID)

Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or a access point

name.

SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference.

The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with

each other. The SSID can be up to 32 characters long, and is made up of alphanumeric characters.

The SSID may also be referred to by its network name.

•Password (WEP)/Password (WEP Key)

An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt

data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of

ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4.

•Performance

Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used.

•Proxy server

A server that links a LAN-connected computer to the Internet. When using a proxy server, specify the

address and the port number of the proxy server.

297

•PSK

An encryption method employed by WPA/WPA2.

•Router

A relay device to connect to another network.

•Signal Level

The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from

0 to 100%.

•SSID

Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or an access point

name.

SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference.

The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with

each other. The SSID can be up to 32 characters long, and is made up of alphanumeric characters.

The SSID may also be referred to by its network name.

•Stealth

In the stealth mode, an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID. The client must specify

the SSID set to the access point to detect it.

The stealth mode is called a "closed network".

•Subnet Mask Address

IP address has two components, the network address and the host address. Subnet Mask used to

calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address. A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an

access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically.

Example:

IP Address: 192.168.127.123

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Subnet Mask Address: 192.168.127.0

•TCP/IP

Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN. This protocol

allows different terminals to communicate with each other.

•TKIP

An encryption protocol employed by WPA/WPA2.

298

•USB

Serial interface designed to enable you to "hot-swap" devices, i.e., by plugging and unplugging them

without turning off the power.

•WEP/WEP Key

An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt

data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of

ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4.

•Wi-Fi

International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE

802.11 specification.

This machine is a Wi-Fi authorized product.

•Wireless LAN

A network that, instead of being connected by physical wires, is connected by a wireless technology,

such as Wi-Fi.

•WPA

Security framework announced by the Wi-Fi Alliance in October 2002. The security has been

strengthened more than WEP.

◦ Authentication

WPA defines the following authentication methods: WPA Personal that can be used without an

authentication server, plus WPA Enterprise that do require an authentication server.

This machine supports WPA Personal.

◦ Passphrase

This encrypted key is used to perform WPA Personal authentication.

The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal

value.

•WPA2

Security framework released by the Wi-Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA.

Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).

◦ Authentication

WPA2 defines the following authentication methods: WPA2 Personal that can be used without an

authentication server, plus WPA2 Enterprise that do require an authentication server.

This machine supports WPA2 Personal.

◦ Passphrase

This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 Personal authentication.

The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal

value.

299

•WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)

WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network.

There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi-Fi Protected Setup:

PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices

Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push

button in the software.

300

Restrictions

If you use a printer over the wireless LAN, the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems, you should

set a network key (WEP or WPA/WPA2) to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission. Wireless

communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed.

Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.

301

Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality

Useful Information about Ink

Key Points to Successful Printing

Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing

Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper

Canceling a Print Job

Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality

Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine

302

Useful Information about Ink

How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?

Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.

When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer

consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head

with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the

succeeding ink tanks.

The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the

first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.

Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.

To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.

When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may

be consumed.

[Cleaning function]

The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents

print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.

Does black-and-white printing use color ink?

Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the

settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.

Why does the machine have two black ink tanks?

There are two kinds of black ink in the machine: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).

The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based

documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If

either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.

These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the

printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.

The ink lamp indicates when ink is running low.

The inside of the ink tank consists of (A) the part where ink is preserved and (B) the sponge with

absorbed ink.

When the ink (A) runs out, the ink lamp flashes slowly to indicate that the ink is running low.

Then, when the ink (B) runs out, the ink lamp flashes fast to indicate that the ink tank needs to be

replaced with a new one.

303

Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps

304

Key Points to Successful Printing

Check the machine status before printing!

• Is the print head OK?

If a print head nozzle is clogged, print will be faint and papers will be wasted. Print the nozzle check

pattern to check the print head.

Maintenance Procedure

• Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink?

After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing, the area where papers go

through may get smeared with ink. Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning.

Check how to load the paper correctly!

• Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation?

To load paper in the cassette, load paper WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.

Loading Paper

• Is the paper curled?

The curled paper causes paper jam. Flatten the curled paper, then reload it.

"Load the paper after correcting its curl." in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched

305

Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing

Before printing, make paper settings in the operation panel or the computer screen.

There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal

quality and paper suitable for documents.

Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that

allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout

color quality or scratches on the printed surface.

If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.

306

Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper

When you insert a cassette into the machine after loading paper, the screen for setting the type and size of

paper is displayed. Set the cassette paper information according to the type and size of loaded paper.

To prevent incorrect printing, this machine has a function that detects whether the information set for the

paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in

accordance with the cassette paper information. When this function is enabled, an error message is

displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed,

check and correct the paper settings.

To check cassette paper information, display the paper information screen on the operation panel.

307

Canceling a Print Job

Never press the ON button!

If you press the ON button while printing is in progress, the print data sent from the computer queues in

the machine and you may not be able to continue to print.

Press the Stop button to cancel printing.

308

Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality

The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.

Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.

Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!

If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the machine caps the print head (nozzles) automatically

to prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the POWER lamp is

turned off, the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.

When unplugging the power cord, make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit.

Print periodically!

Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is

capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the machine has not been used for a long

time.

We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month.

Note

• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or

paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.

309

Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine

When relocating the machine, make sure of the following.

Important

• Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient

protective material to ensure safe transport.

• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the machine, press the ON button to turn off the power.

This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.

• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so

may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the machine.

• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to

keep the machine with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".

1. Turn the machine off.

2. Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord.

Important

• Do not unplug the machine while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction

or damage to the machine, making the machine unable to print.

3. Retract the paper output support, then close the paper output tray.

4. Retract the output tray extension and the paper support, then close the front cover.

5. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the machine, then unplug the power

cord from the machine.

6. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them from opening

during transportation. Then pack the machine in the plastic bag.

7. Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine in the box.

310

Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images

It may be unlawful to make copies of, scan, print, or use reproductions of the following documents.

The list provided is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction.

• Paper money

• Money orders

• Certificates of deposit

• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)

• Identifying badges or insignias

• Selective service or draft papers

• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies

• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title

• Traveler's checks

• Food stamps

• Passports

• Immigration papers

• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)

• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness

• Stock certificates

• Copyrighted works/works of art without permission of copyright owner

311

Specifications

General Specifications

Printing resolution (dpi) 4800* (horizontal) x 1200 (vertical)

* Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/4800 inch at minimum.

Interface USB Port:

Hi-Speed USB *1

LAN Port:

Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2

*1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since

the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can

be used at USB 1.1.

*2 Setup possible through Standard setup, WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), WCN

(Windows Connect Now) or Cableless setup.

USB and LAN can be used at the same time.

Print width 8 inches/203.2 mm

(for Borderless Printing: 8.5 inches/216 mm)

Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)

Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)

* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature

and humidity conditions.

Recommended conditions:

Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)

Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)

* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,

refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.

Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)

Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)

Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption Printing (Copy): Approx. 12 W

Standby (minimum): Approx. 0.9 W *1*2

OFF: Approx. 0.2 W *1

*1 USB connection to PC

*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.

External dimensions Approx. 18 (W) x 14.6 (D) x 5.9 (H) inches

Approx. 455 (W) x 369 (D) x 148 (H) mm

* With the Front Cover retracted.

Weight Approx. 14.0 lb (Approx. 6.4 kg)

* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.

312

Print Head/Ink Total 4096 nozzles (PgBK 1024 nozzles, Y/DyeBK each 512 nozzles, C/M

each 1024 nozzles)

Copy Specifications

Multiple copy max. 99 pages

Intensity adjustment 9 positions, Auto intensity (AE copy)

Reduction / Enlargement 25 % - 400 % (1 % unit)

Scan Specifications

Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA

Mac OS: ICA

Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5" x 11.7"/216 x 297 mm

Scanning resolution Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 1200 x 2400 dpi *1

Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2

*1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO

14473.

*2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning

area.

Gradation (Input / Output) Gray: 16 bit/8 bit

Color: 48 bit/24 bit (RGB each 16 bit/8 bit)

Network Specifications

Communication protocol TCP/IP

Wireless LAN Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b

Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz

Channel: 1-11 or 1-13

* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or

region.

Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m

* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.

Security:

WEP (64/128 bits)

WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)

WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)

Setup:

Standard setup

WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)

WCN (WCN-NET)

Cableless setup

313

Other Features: Administration password

Minimum System Requirements

Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.

Windows

Operating System Windows 8, Windows 8.1

Windows 7, Windows 7 SP1

Windows Vista SP1, Windows Vista SP2

Windows XP SP3 32-bit only

Browser Internet Explorer 8 or later

Hard Disk Space 3 GB

Note: For bundled software installation.

The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.

Display XGA 1024 x 768

Mac OS

Operating System Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later

Browser Safari 5 or later

Hard Disk Space 1.5 GB

Note: For bundled software installation.

The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.

Display XGA 1024 x 768

Other Supported OS

Some functions may not be available with each OS. Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on

operation with iOS, Android, and Windows RT.

Mobile Printing Capability

Apple AirPrint

Google Cloud Print

Print from E-mail

PIXMA Cloud Link

• An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual.

• Windows: Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8.1, Windows 8,

Windows 7, Windows Vista or Windows XP pre-installed.

• Windows: A CD-ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation.

• Windows: Internet Explorer 8, 9, 10 or 11 is required to install Easy-WebPrint EX.

314

• Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.

• Windows: .NET Framework 4 or 4.5 must be installed to use the Windows software.

• Windows: XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP.

• Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the

Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.

• Mac OS: Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended (Journaled) or Mac OS Extended.

• Mac OS: For Mac OS, an internet connection is required during software installation.

• In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be open. Contact the network

administrator for details.

Information in this guide is subject to change without notice.

315

About the Administrator Password

An administrator password "canon" is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase.

Important

• For security reasons, it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer.

• You can change the password using one of the tools below. (Some tools may not be available

depending on the printer you are using.)

• operation panel of the printer

• IJ Network Tool

• printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software

• When you change the password, use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters.

• If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password,

ask the administrator of the printer you are using.

• The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings.

316

Printing

Printing from a Computer

Printing Using the Operation Panel of the

Machine

Printing with Web Service

Printing from a Digital Camera

Paper setting for Printing

317

Printing from a Computer

Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer Driver)

318

Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer

Driver)

Printing with Easy Setup Basic

Various Printing Methods

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

Overview of the Printer Driver

Updating the Printer Driver

319

Printing with Easy Setup

The simple setup procedure for carrying out appropriate printing on this printer is as follows:

1. Check that the printer is turned on

2. Load paper on the printer

3. Select the printer

Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog.

Note

• Click Show Details ( (the disclosure triangle)) to switch the Setup window to the detailed

display.

4. Select the paper size

For Paper Size, select the paper size to be used.

If necessary, set the number of copies, the pages to be printed, and the orientation.

320

5. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu

6. Select the media type

For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.

321

7. Select the print quality

For Print Quality, select High, Standard, or Draft according to your purpose.

Important

•The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile.

8. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media.

322

Important

• In the Presets section, click Save Current Settings as Preset... (Save As...) to register the specified

settings.

Note

• If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the

printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for

Printing."

For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

323

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help

you achieve the best print results.

You can use the following media types on this printer.

Commercially available papers

Media name Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on

the printer

Plain Paper (including recycled

paper) Plain Paper Plain paper

Envelopes Envelope Envelope

Other Photo Paper Other Photo Paper Other Photo Paper

Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)

Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered

on the printer

Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201> Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Plus Glossy II

Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101> Photo Paper Pro Platinum Pro Platinum

Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster

Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Plus Semi-gloss

Photo Paper Glossy <GP-501/GP-601> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy

Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte

Canon genuine papers (Business Letter Printing)

Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the

printer

High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High-Res Paper

Canon genuine papers (Original Products)

Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer

T-Shirt Transfers <TR-301> T-Shirt Transfers Others

Photo Stickers <PS-101> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy

324

Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the

best print results.

You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.

Paper Size in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer

US Letter Letter

US Legal Legal

A5 A5

A4 A4

JIS B5 (B5 JIS) B5

4 x 6 KG/4"x6"(10x15)

5 x 7 2L/5"x7"(13x18)

8 x 10 8"x10"(20x25cm)

LL(89x127mm)

Envelope #10 Envelope Com 10

Envelope DL Envelope DL

Envelope You4 Others

Yougata 6 Others

Custom Size Others

325

Various Printing Methods

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Setting the Stapling Margin

Execute Borderless Printing

Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size

Scaled Printing

Page Layout Printing

Duplex Printing

Printing on Postcards

Displaying the Print Results before Printing

Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

326

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Collate pages + Reverse Collate pages + Normal Reverse

The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows:

1. Specify the number of copies to be printed

Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog.

2. Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu

3. Check the Collate pages check box when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies

box

Check the Collate pages check box to print all the pages of a single copy together.

Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together.

4. Specify the print order

Check Page Order.

When you select Automatic or Reverse, printing starts from the last page.

When you select Normal, printing starts from the first page.

327

5. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.

Important

• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the

settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function

settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with

both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of

the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.

328

Setting the Stapling Margin

The procedure for setting the margin width and the staple side is as follows:

1. Select Margin from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog

2. Set the margin width and the staple side

If necessary, set the Margin width, and select a stapling position from the Stapling Side list.

Note

•The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin.

•Depending on the Two-Sided setting in the Layout pop-up menu, the Stapling Side that can be

selected differs.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified margin width and staple side.

Important

• When borderless printing is enabled, Margin and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are

unavailable.

329

Execute Borderless Printing

The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it

extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.

However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such

as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.

The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:

Setting Borderless Printing

1. Select the size of the paper for borderless printing

Select "XXX (borderless)" from the Paper Size in the Print Dialog.

2. Select Borderless Printing from the pop-up menu

3. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper

If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.

Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to

the left decreases the amount.

It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.

330

Important

•When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the

paper may become smudged.

4. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.

Important

• Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the

wording "(borderless)" from the Paper Size.

• When borderless printing is enabled, Envelope, High Resolution Paper, and T-Shirt Transfers

appear grayed out and are unavailable in Media Type list of Quality & Media of the pop-up menu in

the Print dialog.

• Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the

type of paper used.

• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not

be printed depending on the size of the media used.

In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.

• When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.

Note

• When Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type menu of the Quality & Media, borderless

printing is not recommended.

Expanding the Range of the Document to Print

Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,

the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the

subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.

When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The

extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.

331

Important

• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,

depending on the size of the paper.

Note

• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the

full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is

printed in the correct position.

332

Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size

The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be

used is as follows:

1. Check the paper size

Check that the Paper Size in the Print Dialog is the same as the paper size that you set in the

application software.

2. Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu

3. Set the print paper size

Check the Scale to fit paper size check box. Then from the Destination Paper Size pop-up menu,

select the paper size that is actually loaded in the printer.

4. If necessary, check the Scale down only check box

When you check this check box, the document will be reduced to fit to the paper size when the

document size is larger than the page size. The document will be printed in the original size when the

document size is smaller than the page size.

5. Complete the setup

333

Click Print.

When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.

334

Scaled Printing

The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows:

1. Select the printer

In the Page Setup Dialog, select your model name from the Format For list.

2. Set scaled printing

Specify the scaling factor in the Scale box, and click OK.

Note

• Depending on the Scale value that you set, an error message may be displayed.

3. Complete the setup

On the Print Dialog, click Print.

When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.

Important

• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,

configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in

the Page Setup dialog.

335

Page Layout Printing

The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.

The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows:

1. Select Layout from the pop-up menu in the Print Dialog

2. Set the number of original you print on one page

In Pages per Sheet, specify the number of page you print on one page.

3. If necessary, set the following items

Layout Direction

To change the page placement order, select an icon from the list.

Border

To print a page border around each document page, select a type of page border.

Reverse page orientation

Select this check box to change the paper orientation.

Flip horizontally

Select this check box to reverse left and right of the document.

336

4. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the

specified order.

337

Duplex Printing

The procedure for printing data on both sides of one sheet of paper is as follows:

1. Set duplex printing

Check the Two-Sided check box in the Print Dialog.

2. Select Layout from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog

3. Set the stapling side

338

For Two-Sided, select either Long-Edge binding or Short-Edge binding.

4. Select Margin from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog

5. Set the stapling margin

If necessary, set the Margin width, and to change the Stapling Side, select a setting from the list.

Note

• Depending on the Two-Sided setting in the Layout pop-up menu, the Stapling Side that can be

selected differs.

6. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, duplex printing will be started.

Important

• When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type menu of Quality & Media,

duplex printing cannot be executed.

• When borderless printing is set, duplex printing cannot be executed.

• Duplex printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Paper

Size.

•US Letter, A4

• After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page

(Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying

wait time from Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Utility.

Note

• When you use duplex printing, the print area becomes slightly smaller than the normal print area.

Related Topic

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

339

Printing on Postcards

This section describes the procedure for postcard printing.

1. Load postcard on the printer

2. Select paper size in the Print Dialog

Select Postcard or Postcard Double from the Paper Size menu.

Important

•Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.

•When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Postcard Double from your

application software or the printer driver.

•Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the

postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.

•With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.

3. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu

4. Select the media type

For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.

Important

• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.

• When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the

message side first and then print the address side.

•The paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information to register on the

printer are different, depending on whether you are printing on the address side or the message

side. For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the

following:

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

5. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.

340

Displaying the Print Results before Printing

If you are using Mac OS X v10.6.8, you can display and check the print result before printing.

To display the print result before printing, click Preview on the Print Dialog.

Note

• When you click (the disclosure triangle) in the Print dialog and switch to the detailed display,

Preview is not displayed.

For detailed display, a preview is displayed on the left side of the Print dialog.

341

Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu.

Such a paper size is called "custom size."

The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows:

1. Creating a new custom paper size

In the Print Dialog, select Manage Custom Sizes... from Paper Size.

In the Custom Paper Sizes dialog, click +.

Untitled will be added to the list.

2. Setting details about the custom paper size

Double-click Untitled, enter the name of the paper size you want to register, and specify the Width and

Height of the paper for Paper Size.

Select User Defined or your model for Non-Printable Area, and enter the margins.

3. Registering the custom paper size

Click OK.

The custom size is registered.

Important

• If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width

values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a

function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver

to set the values.

Note

• To duplicate the registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the

Custom Paper Sizes list, and click Duplicate.

• To delete a registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper

Sizes list, and click -.

• If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the

printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper setting for

342

Printing."

For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)

•Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)

343

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

Specifying Color Correction

Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application

Software)

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)

Interpreting the ICC Profile

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

344

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

The print quality level can be set in the Custom.

The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog

2. Select the print quality

Select Custom for Print Quality.

3. Setting the print quality level

Move the Quality slider to select the print quality level.

4. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.

Important

• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.

Related Topics

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

345

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog

2. Set grayscale printing

Check the Grayscale Printing check box.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color

document in monochrome.

Note

• During Grayscale Printing, inks other than black ink may be used as well.

346

Specifying Color Correction

You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.

Normally, the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with

color tints that most people prefer.

When you want to print by using the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data effectively or by

specifying a printing ICC profile from your application software, select ColorSync. When you want to print

by having the printer driver correct the colors, select Canon Color Matching.

The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows:

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select the item below that matches your purpose.

ColorSync

Perform color correction using ColorSync.

Canon Color Matching

With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print with color tints that most people prefer.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the document data is printed with the specified color correction.

Important

• Depending on the application software, when a printing ICC profile is specified from that application

software, Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically.

• The Quality & Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is

selected.

Related Topics

Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

347

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)

Interpreting the ICC Profile

348

Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data

When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ

from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.

To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method

that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.

Color Management

Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently. Color

management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors" as a common color

space.

For Mac OS, a color management system called "ColorSync" is built into the operating system.

Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces. Adobe RGB has a wider color space

than sRGB.

ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an ICC profile and

carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color

reproduction area that the printer can express.

Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data

The recommended printing method depends on the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data

or the application software to be used.

There are two typical printing methods.

Check the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data and the application software to be used,

and then select the printing method suited to your purpose.

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver.

• To print using Canon Digital Photo Color

The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer, reproducing colors of the original

image data and producing three-dimensional effects and high, sharp contrasts.

• To print by directly applying editing and touch-up results of an application software

When printing the data, the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light

areas, while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact.

When printing the data, the printer applies fine adjustment results, such as brightness

adjustments made with an application software.

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)

Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively.

You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver

so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.

The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used.

Related Topic

Interpreting the ICC Profile

349

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print with color tints that most people

prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color.

When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them, use

a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management.

The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows:

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select Canon Color Matching.

3. Set the other items

From the pop-up menu, select Color Options. If necessary, adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta,

Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings.

4. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data.

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

350

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the

Application Software)

When you print from Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that

can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles, printer uses the color management

system (ColorSync) built-into Mac OS when printing. The printer prints the editing and touch-up results of

the application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image

data.

To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management items and specify an

input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.

Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper, be

sure to select color management items from your application software.

For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select ColorSync.

You can leave Profile set to Automatic.

Important

•Depending on the application software you use, you may not be able to select setting items other

than ColorSync.

•If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer

will not be able to print with the correct colors.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Specifying Color Correction

351

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

352

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the

Printer Driver)

Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space

of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data.

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select ColorSync.

You can leave Profile set to Automatic.

Important

• If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer

will not be able to print with the correct colors.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.

Important

• You cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver.

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

353

Interpreting the ICC Profile

When you need to specify the printer profile, select the ICC profile for the paper to print on.

The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows.

• (1) is the model name of the printer.

• (2) is the media type. This notation corresponds to the following media type:

◦ GL: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II

◦ PT: Photo Paper Pro Platinum

◦ SG/LU: Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss / Photo Paper Pro Luster

◦ MP: Matte Photo Paper

• (3) is the print quality.

The print quality is divided into 5 levels, ranging from high speed to high quality. As the number

decreases, the print quality becomes higher. This value corresponds to the Quality slide bar that is

displayed when you select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog and then select

Custom for Print Quality.

354

Adjusting Color Balance

You can adjust the color tints when printing.

Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes

the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color

balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.

The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so

that the overall colors are more uniform.

No adjustment Adjust color balance

The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows:

1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Adjust color balance

There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the

corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved

to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The

current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Complete the setup

355

Click Print.

When you execute print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.

Important

• When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality & Media, the color balance (Cyan,

Magenta, Yellow) appear grayed out and are unavailable.

• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) appear

grayed out and are unavailable.

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

356

Adjusting Brightness

You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing.

This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate

colors.

The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed.

Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected

The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows:

1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Specify the brightness

Select Light, Normal, or Dark for Brightness. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview

on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness.

Important

• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Brightness appears grayed out and is

unavailable.

357

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

358

Adjusting Intensity

You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during printing.

The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense

when the image data is printed.

No adjustment Higher intensity

The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows:

1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Adjust intensity

Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies (darkens) the colors, and moving the slider to the left

dilutes (brightens) the colors.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The

current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity.

Important

• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Intensity appears grayed out and is unavailable.

359

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Contrast

360

Adjusting Contrast

You can adjust the image contrast during printing.

To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase

the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images

smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.

No adjustment Adjust the contrast

The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows:

1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Adjust the contrast

Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases

the contrast.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The

current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.

When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.

Important

• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Contrast appears grayed out and is unavailable.

361

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

362

Overview of the Printer Driver

Canon IJ Printer Driver

How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window

Page Setup Dialog

Print Dialog

Quality & Media

Color Options

Borderless Printing

Margin

Canon IJ Printer Utility

Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility

Maintenance of this Printer

Display the Printing Status Screen

Deleting the Undesired Print Job

Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

363

Canon IJ Printer Driver

The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for

printing data with this printer.

The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can

understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.

Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific

model you are using.

Using Help of the Printer Driver

You can display Help function from the Print Dialog.

Select a setup item from the pop-up menu in the Print dialog. Then click at the bottom left of the

screen to display an explanation of the item.

Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following pop-up menu item is selected:

•Quality & Media

•Color Options

•Borderless Printing

•Margin

364

How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window

You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software you are using.

Opening the Page Setup Dialog

Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.

1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software

The Page Setup Dialog opens.

Opening the Print Dialog

Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.

1. Select Print... from the File menu of the application software

The Print Dialog opens.

365

Page Setup Dialog

In the Page Setup dialog, you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the

printer or the scaling ratio.

To open the Page Setup dialog, you typically select Page Setup... from the File menu of your application

software.

Settings

Click the pop-up menu, and then select the following items:

Page Attributes

Set the paper size or scaled printing.

Save as Default

You can save the attributes of the displayed page as the default settings.

Format For

Select the model to be used for printing.

Paper Size

Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.

To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....

Orientation

Select the print orientation.

Scale

Set the scaling percentage.

You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing.

366

Print Dialog

In the Print dialog, you can set paper type and print quality to start printing.

To open the Print dialog, you typically select Print... from the File menu of your application software.

Printer

Select the model to be used for printing.

When you click Add Printer..., a dialog for specifying the printer opens.

Presets

You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog.

Note

• If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9, OS X Mountain Lion v10.8, or OS X Lion v10.7, you can

select Show Presets... to check the print settings that are set in the Print dialog.

Copies

You can set the number of copies to be printed.

Note

• If you are using Mac OS X v10.6.8, you can also set collate printing.

• If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9, OS X Mountain Lion v10.8, or OS X Lion v10.7, you can set

collated printing by choosing Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.

Two-Sided

You can set duplex printing.

Pages

You can set the range of pages to be printed.

Paper Size

Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.

To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....

Orientation

Select the print orientation.

Pop-up Menu

You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by the pop-up menu. The first menu to appear differs

depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog.

You can choose one of the following items from the pop-up menu.

367

Layout

You can set page layout printing.

Use Reverse page orientation to change the paper orientation, and use Flip horizontally to print

a mirror image of the document. You can also set duplex printing.

Color Matching

You can select the color correction method.

Paper Handling

You can set the pages to be printed on paper and the print order.

Cover Page

You can output cover pages both before and after a document.

Scheduler

You can set the print start time and print priorities.

Quality & Media

You can set basic print settings that match the printer.

Color Options

You can adjust the print colors as you desire.

Borderless Printing

You can adjust the amount of document that extends off the paper when performing borderless

printing.

Margin

You can set the stapling side and the stapling margin.

Supply Levels

A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed.

Summary

The selected items in the Print dialog are displayed.

Important

• If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9, OS X Mountain Lion v10.8, or OS X Lion v10.7, you cannot use

Scheduler and Summary.

PDF

You can save a document in PDF (Portable Document Format) format.

Preview

If you are using Mac OS X v10.6.8, when you click (the disclosure triangle) on the side of Printer

and switch to the simple display, Preview is displayed.

This button allows you to check the print results on the screen before printing.

368

Quality & Media

This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type. Unless special

printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog.

Media Type

Select the type of media to be used.

You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer. This selection enables the printer to

carry out printing properly for the material of the media used.

Paper Source

Shows the source from which paper is supplied.

Print Quality

Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose.

When one of the radio buttons is selected, the appropriate quality will be set automatically.

High

Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.

Standard

Prints with average speed and quality.

Draft

This setting is appropriate for test printing.

Custom

Select this radio button to specify a quality.

Quality

When you select Custom in Print Quality, you can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality

level.

Grayscale Printing

Set grayscale printing. Grayscale printing refers to the function of converting your document to

grayscale data in the printer to print it in monochrome.

When you check the check box, both monochrome and color documents will be printed in monochrome.

When printing a color document, be sure to uncheck the check box.

369

Related Topics

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

370

Color Options

This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like. If the color of the printed image is not as

expected, adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing.

The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike application software

dedicated to image processing. Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments.

Preview

Shows the effect of color adjustment.

As you adjust each item, the effects are reflected in the color and brightness.

Sample Type

Select an image that you want to display as a sample.

If necessary, select one from Standard, Portrait, Landscape, or Graphics, whichever is most similar

to the print results.

View Color Pattern

Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.

When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern, check this check box.

When you want to display the sample image with one that you selected with Sample Type, uncheck

this check box.

Note

• When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked in the Quality & Media, the graphic is

displayed in monochrome.

Color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow)

If necessary, adjust the strength of each color. To strengthen a color, drag the slider to the right. To

weaken a color, drag the slider to the left.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual

color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole.

Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly. To change the color balance

significantly, use the application software.

371

Brightness

Select the brightness of printed images.

You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. You can change the contrast of the colors

between white and black.

Intensity

Select this method to adjust the overall density of your print.

To increase the overall intensity, drag the slider to the right. To decrease the overall intensity, drag the

slider to the left.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Contrast

The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing.

To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct,

increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of

images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.

You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Important

• When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality & Media, the color balance (Cyan,

Magenta, Yellow) appear grayed out and are unavailable.

• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow),

Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast appear grayed out and are unavailable.

Related Topics

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Color Balance

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Intensity

Adjusting Contrast

372

Borderless Printing

This dialog allows you to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper when borderless

printing is performed.

Amount of Extension

Use the Amount of Extension slider to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper.

Moving the slider to the right makes the amount larger and moving the slider to the left makes the

amount smaller.

Related Topic

Execute Borderless Printing

373

Margin

This dialog allows you to set the stapling side and amount of margin for stapling multiple sheets of paper.

Margin

Specify the amount of margin space for stapling the paper. Enter a value between 0 inches (0 mm) to

1.2 inches (30 mm).

Stapling Side

Specify the stapling side.

Long-side stapling (Left) / Long-side stapling (Right)

Select this option to staple the long side of the paper.

Choose left or right.

Short-side stapling (Top) / Short-side stapling (Bottom)

Select this option to staple the short side of the paper.

Choose top or bottom.

Related Topics

Setting the Stapling Margin

Duplex Printing

374

Canon IJ Printer Utility

The Canon IJ Printer Utility allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.

What You Can Do with the Canon IJ Printer Utility

You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility by the pop-up menu. You can choose one of the

following items from the pop-up menu.

Cleaning

Clean the printer to clear up clogged print head nozzle.

Test Print

Execute a test print to check the condition of the print head nozzle and to adjust the print head

position.

Power Settings

Operate the power of this printer from the printer driver.

Ink Level Information

Check the remaining ink levels.

Quiet Settings

You can reduce the operating noise of the printer.

Custom Settings

Change the settings of this printer.

Note

• To operate the Canon IJ Printer Utility, you must first turn on the printer.

• Depending on the items selected, the computer communicates with the printer to obtain information.

If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, an error message may be displayed.

If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.

Related Topics

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer

Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern

375

Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

Managing the Printer Power

Reducing the Printer Noise

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

376

Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility

To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, follow the steps below.

1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan or Print &

Fax)

2. Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility

Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies....

Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab.

Canon IJ Printer Utility is launched.

377

Maintenance of this Printer

Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer

Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern

Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

Managing the Printer Power

Reducing the Printer Noise

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

378

Display the Printing Status Screen

Check the print progress according to the following procedure:

1. Launch the printing status screen

• If the print data has been sent to the printer

The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the

(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.

• If the print data has not been sent to the printer

Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan or Print & Fax).

To display the printing status screen, select the name of your printer model from the printer list,

and then click Open Print Queue....

2. Checking the printing status

You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.

• If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9 or OS X Mountain Lion v10.8

Deletes the specified print job.

Stops printing the specified document.

Resumes printing the specified document.

Stops printing all documents.

Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.

•If you are using OS X Lion v10.7 or Mac OS X v10.6.8

379

Deletes the specified print job.

Stops printing the specified document.

Resumes printing the specified document.

Displays the print job information.

Stops printing all documents.

Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.

380

Deleting the Undesired Print Job

If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.

Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.

1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan or Print &

Fax)

2. Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...

The print status check screen appears.

3. Select the unnecessary print job and click ( Delete)

The selected print jobs will be deleted.

381

Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the

printer driver.

Restrictions on the Printer Driver

• When you set up the Page Setup dialog, be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from

the Format For list. If you select another printer, printing may not be performed properly.

• If the Canon IJ Printer Utility does not display the remaining ink level in the Ink Level Information,

check whether the print head and the ink tank are properly installed.

• When the Canon IJ Printer Utility displays the Ink Level Information, close the operation panel of the

printer.

• The following functions cannot be used in Mac OS, though they can be used in Windows computers.

◦ Duplex Printing (manual)

◦ Booklet Printing

◦ Tiling/Poster Printing

• Depending on the application software that you are using, a preview may not be displayed on the left

side of the Print dialog.

• Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing.

• Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running.

• If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print, you must install the latest AirPort

firmware.

• If you are using OS X Mavericks v10.9, close the print status check window when you perform printer

maintenance from the Canon IJ Printer Utility.

Notes on Adding a Printer

• If you will be installing the Canon printer driver on Mac OS and using the printer through a network

connection, you can select Bonjour or Canon IJ Network in the Add (Add Printer) dialog.

Canon recommends you to use Canon IJ Network for printing.

If Bonjour is selected, remaining ink level messages may differ from those indicated by Canon IJ

Network.

382

Updating the Printer Driver

Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver

Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List

Before Installing the Printer Driver

Installing the Printer Driver

383

Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver

By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver, unresolved problems may be solved.

You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model.

Important

• You can download the printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your

responsibility.

Related Topics

Before Installing the Printer Driver

Installing the Printer Driver

384

Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List

A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list.

Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer, disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer.

The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is as follows:

You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged in as a user with the administrative right. For

information about an administrative user, refer to the user's manual for the Mac OS.

1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners (Print & Scan or Print &

Fax)

2. Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list

From the printer list, select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted, and then click -.

Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.

Note

• Even if a Canon IJ Printer is deleted from the printer list, you can re-register it automatically by

connecting the printer and your computer with a USB cable.

385

Before Installing the Printer Driver

This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver. You should also

refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed.

Checking the Personal Computer Settings

• Terminate all running applications.

• Log on as a user who has the administrator account. The installer will prompt you to enter the name

and password of the administrative user. When multiple users are using Mac OS, log on with the

account of the administrator who registered first.

Important

• When you upgrade Mac OS, all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted.

If you plan to continue using this printer, re-install the latest printer driver.

Related Topics

Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver

Installing the Printer Driver

386

Installing the Printer Driver

You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model.

The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows:

1. Mount the disk

Double-click the disk image file you have downloaded.

The file is unpacked, and then the disk is mounted.

2. Start the installer

Double-click "PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY.pkg" (where "XXX" is your model name, and "YYY" is version)

contained in the disk.

3. Start the installation

Install the printer driver according to the messages on the screen.

When the Software License Agreement is displayed, check the contents, and click Continue. If you do

not agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, you cannot install this software.

4. Selecting the install destination

If necessary, select where you want to install the printer driver, and then click Continue.

5. Executing the installation

Click Install.

When the authentication screen is displayed, enter the name and password of the administrator, and

then click Install Software (OK).

6. Complete the installation

When the completion message appears, click Close.

The printer driver is installed successfully.

Important

• If the Installer does not operate properly, select Quit Installer from the Installer menu of the Finder to

quit the Installer. Then start the Installer again.

• You can download the printer driver for free, but you are responsible for paying any connection fees to

the Internet.

Related Topics

Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver

Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List

Before Installing the Printer Driver

387

Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

Printing Photo Data

Using the Slide Show Function

Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper

Printing Documents (PDF File) Saved on a Memory Card

388

Printing Photo Data

Printing Photographs Saved on a Memory Card

About Advanced photo Menu

Printing Photo with Trimming

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

Using Useful Display Functions

389

Printing Photographs Saved on a Memory Card

You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily.

This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Photo print.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load photo paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Photo print.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Insert the memory card into the card slot.

The photo selection screen is displayed.

Note

• When you insert the memory card before you select Photo print on the HOME screen, the photo

selection screen is displayed.

If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card, the confirmation screen to select

which file you print is displayed. Tap Print photos in the displayed screen.

• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved.

is displayed on the touch screen.

• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per

2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the

message displayed on the touch screen, then tap OK.

5. Specify the settings as necessary.

• To select the photo to print:

Flick horizontally to select the photo.

You can also select the photo by tapping "A".

You can print a copy of the displayed photo by pressing the Color button.

•To change the display method, the number of copies, or the print settings:

Tap near the center of the displayed photo to display menus.

390

A. Total number of copies

Total number of copies is displayed.

When tapping, the Check total no. of copies screen is displayed and you can check the

number of copies for each photo. On the Check total no. of copies screen, you can change

the number of copies for each photo.

B. Number of copies

Tap to specify the number of copies.

1. Flick vertically to specify the number of copies.

Tap to display the photo selection screen.

2. Tap to specify the number of copies.

Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies.

Note

•You can specify the number of copies for each photo. Display the photo you want to print,

then specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed.

C. Switching group

Tap to switch the photo group.

391

For details:

Using Useful Display Functions

D. Settings

Tap to display the Settings screen.

You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on.

For details on the setting items:

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

E. Zooming in

Tap to zoom in on the photo.

For details:

Using Useful Display Functions

F. Date specification

Tap to select photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).

392

For details:

Using Useful Display Functions

G. Multi display

Tap to display the multiple photos at once.

For details on the display method:

Using Useful Display Functions

6. Press the Color button.

The machine starts printing.

Note

• To cancel printing, press the Stop button.

• While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print).

Adding the Print Job

You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos.

Follow the procedure below to add the print job.

1. Flick the photo while printing to select the next photo.

Note

•While you select the photo, the machine prints the reserved photos.

•The reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job.

393

2. Specify the number of copies for each photo.

Note

•While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print

settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the

print job.

3. Press the Color button.

The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing.

If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.

Note

• While processing the print job, you cannot display the HOME screen, change the print menu, or print

from the computer or other devices.

• While processing the print job, the photo in other group is not selected.

• If you press the Stop button while processing the print job, the screen to select a method to cancel

reservation is displayed. If you tap Cancel all reservations, you can cancel printing all photos. If you

tap Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last printing job.

• If there are many print jobs, Cannot reserve more print jobs. Please wait a while and redo the

operation. may be displayed on the touch screen. In this case, wait a while, then add the print job.

394

About Advanced photo Menu

The following menus are selectable in the Advanced print menu to print photos saved on the memory card.

Trimming print

You can edit photo displayed on the touch screen by trimming them and print.

Printing Photo with Trimming

Slide show

You can view the photos saved on the memory card with the slide show.

Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show

395

Printing Photo with Trimming

You can edit photo displayed on the touch screen by trimming them and print.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load photo paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Advanced print.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Insert the memory card into the card slot.

Note

•If you insert the memory card before you select Advanced print on the HOME screen, the photo

selection screen in Photo print is displayed.

If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card, the confirmation screen to select

which file you print is displayed.

To display the HOME screen, press the HOME button.

5. Tap Trimming print.

Note

• If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved.

is displayed on the touch screen.

• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per

2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the

message displayed on the touch screen, then tap OK.

6. Tap the photo you want to print.

Note

•Other Options

Using Useful Display Functions

7. Trim the print area.

396

A. Tap to switch the aspect ratio of the trimming frame.

B. Drag to position the trimming frame.

C. Drag to set the trimming frame size.

D. Tap to finalize your selection of trimming area.

When the area to be cropped is specified, the print setting confirmation screen is displayed.

8. Specify the settings as necessary.

Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies.

For the setting items other than Copies:

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

9. Press the Color button.

The machine starts printing.

Note

• To cancel printing, press the Stop button.

• You can add the print job by tapping Print more while printing.

Adding the Print Job

• The trimming image cannot be newly saved on the memory card.

397

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the

Machine

You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the

memory card.

Print Settings Screen

How to display the print settings screen varies with the print menu.

•In Photo print or Slide show:

The following screen is displayed by tapping Settings.

* In Slide show, the Print settings screen is displayed by tapping Print settings.

•In Trimming print:

The following screen is displayed before printing.

Setting Items

You can specify the following setting items.

Flick vertically to display setting items, then tap the setting item to display the settings. Tap to specify the

setting.

398

Note

• Depending on the print menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the

setting items in Photo print.

The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out or not displayed.

• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If

the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are displayed

on the touch screen. In this case, tap on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the

message, then change the setting.

• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if another print menu is selected or

the machine is turned off.

1. Page size

Select the page size of the loaded paper.

2. Type (Media type)

Select the media type of the loaded paper.

3. Print qlty (Print quality)

Select print quality according to the photo.

4. Border (Bordered/Borderless print)

Select bordered or borderless print.

5. Photo fix

When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the

most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight

brighter to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each

scene with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.

Note

•As a default, photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied.

•If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.

6. Red-EyeCorrection

Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.

Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may

be corrected.

7. Print date

Activates/deactivates to print the date (shooting date) on a photo.

399

Note

• The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user

settings under Device settings under Setup.

Device user settings

400

Using Useful Display Functions

You can display the multiple photos at once, specify the date (last modified date of data) to select photos,

and switch the photo group.

Viewing Multiple Photos to Select Photo

Specifying Date to Select Photo

Zooming in on the Photo

Switching the Photo Group

Viewing Multiple Photos to Select Photo

The following screen is displayed by tapping on the photo selection screen.

A. Tap the photo you want to print, the touch screen returns to single photo display.

B. Tap to display photo with specifying the date.

Specifying Date to Select Photo

C. Tap to increase the display photos. (54 photos display)

D. Drag to switch the number of display photos to 6 photos, 15 photos, or 54 photos.

E. Tap to decrease the display photos. (6 photos display)

Specifying Date to Select Photo

The following screen is displayed by tapping on the photo selection screen.

A. Tap to select the date (last modified date of data).

B. Tap the date to display.

401

The photos on date specified are displayed.

Note

• The date is displayed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user settings

under Device settings under Setup.

Device user settings

Zooming in on the Photo

The following screen is displayed by tapping on the photo selection screen.

A. Tap to switch the display magnification.

B. Drag to move the display position.

Switching the Photo Group

Note

• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per

2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically.

The following screen is displayed by tapping on the photo selection screen.

A. Tap to switch the photo group.

402

Using the Slide Show Function

Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show

403

Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show

You can view the photos saved on the memory card with the slide show.

In the slide show, the photos are displayed one after another automatically.

While viewing the slide show, you can print your favorite photo.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Advanced print.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Insert the memory card into the card slot.

Note

•If you insert the memory card before you select Advanced print on the HOME screen, the photo

selection screen in Photo print is displayed.

If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card the confirmation screen to select

which file you print is displayed.

To display the HOME screen, press the HOME button.

4. Tap Slide show.

Note

•If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved.

is displayed on the touch screen.

• If more than 2,000 photo data are saved on the memory card, the photo data is split by group per

2,000 photos in reverse chronological order (date last modified) automatically. Check the

message displayed on the touch screen, then tap OK.

5. Tap the effect for playback to display.

The slide show starts playing back.

Note

•To display the photos in the specified range of dates, to change the display order, or to switch the

photo group to display, tap Display set..

If you display the photos in the specified range of dates, follow the on-screen instructions to

specify the start and end of the date.

•Tap the touch screen while the slide show is played back, the slide show pauses.

You can print the displayed photo by pressing the Color button while the slide show pauses.

When Printing Photo

When the slide show pauses by tapping the touch screen, you can print the displayed photo.

404

When starting printing, load paper, then press the Color button.

Note

• You can change the print settings by tapping Print settings.

Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

• To resume the slide show, tap Resume while the slide show pauses.

• You can resume the slide show by tapping Resume while printing. If the printing is not complete, you

can print the displayed photo by pausing the slide show again and pressing the Color button.

• To cancel the slide show, press the HOME button.

405

Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper

You can print a template form such as lined paper, graph paper, or checklist, etc. on A4, B5, or Letter-sized

plain paper.

Printable template forms

Printing template forms

Printable template forms

The following templates are available:

•Notebook paper

You can select three line spacing formats.

Setting on the touch screen:

◦Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)

◦Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)

◦Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)

Note

•You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper.

•Graph paper

You can select two square sizes.

Setting on the touch screen:

◦Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)

◦Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)

Note

•You cannot print Graph paper on B5 sized paper.

•Checklist

You can print a notepad with checkboxes.

Setting on the touch screen:

Checklist

406

•Staff paper

You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves.

Setting on the touch screen:

◦Staff paper 1 (10 staves)

◦Staff paper 2 (12 staves)

•Handwriting paper

You can print handwriting paper.

Setting on the touch screen:

Handwriting paper (3 lines)

•Weekly schedule

You can print a weekly schedule form.

Setting on the touch screen:

Weekly schedule (vertical)

•Monthly schedule

You can print a monthly schedule form.

Setting on the touch screen:

Monthly schedule(calendar)

Printing template forms

Print template form following the procedure below.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load A4, B5, or Letter-sized plain paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Advanced print.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Tap Template print.

5. Tap the template you want to print.

407

Printable template forms

6. Specify the settings as necessary.

1. Copies

Specify the number of copies.

2. Page size

Select the page size depending on the loaded paper.

Note

• Depending on the form, some setting of page size cannot be specified. If it is selected,

and Error details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, tap on the upper left

on the touch screen to confirm the message, then change the setting.

3. Type (Media type)

The paper type is set to Plain paper.

4. 2-sidedPrintSetting

Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing.

7. Start printing.

Press the Color button for printing the following forms.

Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)/Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)/Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)/Graph paper 1 (5

mm grid)/Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)/Handwriting paper (3 lines)

Press the Black button for printing the following forms.

Checklist/Staff paper 1 (10 staves)/Staff paper 2 (12 staves)/Weekly schedule (vertical)/Monthly

schedule(calendar)

408

Printing Documents (PDF File) Saved on a Memory Card

You can print PDF files made using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden (application software

compatible with the machine) from a memory card.

Note

• You can print PDF files from a memory card which satisfy the following conditions. Other than the

following PDF file cannot be printed even if they appear on the document list.

• PDF files made using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden (application software compatible

with the machine) (Extension: .pdf)

Except for the following data:

-Encrypted data

-Data more than 2 GB

-Data including images scanned at 9601 pixels or more in the vertical and horizontal directions

For details on making PDF files using My Image Garden (application software compatible with the

machine):

Creating/Editing PDF Files

For details on making PDF files using Canon IJ Scan Utility (application software compatible with

the machine):

Scanning Documents

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Advanced print.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Tap PDF file print.

5. Insert the memory card into the card slot.

The document list is displayed.

Note

•If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card, when the memory card is inserted

before you select PDF file print, the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed.

Tap Print documents in the displayed screen.

•If no printable document (PDF files) is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are

not saved. is displayed on the touch screen.

6. Select the document to print.

409

File name list Preview display

A. Flick to display the name of documents, then tap document to print.

B. Tap to switch to the preview display.

C. Flick to display document preview, then tap document to print.

D. Tap to switch to the file name list.

E. Tap to display the Details screen.

Note

• File names may not be displayed properly on the document list if the file name is long or includes

incompatible characters.

• On the preview screen, the first page of each PDF file is displayed on the touch screen. In

addition, if a document is in landscape format, it will be displayed rotated by 90 degrees.

• For some PDF files, it may take longer to display the preview or part of the preview may be

cropped.

• The name of the PDF files is displayed even though the PDF files cannot be printed using the

operation panel of the machine. If one of the following conditions is applicable to the PDF files,

they are not printable.

• PDF files saved using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility and My Image

Garden (application software compatible with the machine)

•PDF files for which the preview screen is not available ("?" is displayed on the preview

screen.)

•It is recommended you display the Details screen and confirm whether a PDF file is printable. If

one of the following conditions is applicable to the PDF file, it is not printable.

•Information on the Details screen cannot be displayed.

•Characters other than the machine name, IJ Scan Utility, or My Image Garden are displayed

on Created with.

•The PDF files made using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility and My Image

Garden (application software compatible with the machine) are not printable even if they are

saved using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden.

7. Specify the settings as necessary.

410

1. Copies

Specify the number of copies.

2. Page size

Select the page size depending on the loaded paper.

3. Type (Media type)

The paper type is set to Plain paper.

4. Print qlty (Print quality)

Specify the print quality.

5. 2-sidedPrintSetting

Select two-sided printing or single-sided printing.

If you tap Advanced with 2-sided selected, you can specify the orientation and the stapling side

of the document.

Note

• When the machine name, IJ Scan Utility, or My Image Garden is displayed in Created with

on the Details screen, you can select 2-sided to print onto the both sides of a single sheet of

paper.

8. Press the Color button for color printing, or the Black button for black & white printing.

The machine starts printing.

Note

• You can print up to 250 pages at a time. If you try to print more than 250 pages of a PDF file, The

specified PDF file contains too many pages. The pages exceeding the number of printable pages

will not be printed. Continue? is displayed on the touch screen. To start printing, tap Yes. If you need

to print more than 250 pages of a PDF file, print them from a computer.

• Depending on the PDF file, it may be printed rotated by 90 degrees.

• If the document size is larger than the page size specified on the machine, the document will be printed

at a reduced size. In this case, thin lines on the document may not be printed or images may be

misaligned.

• For some PDF files, an error message may be displayed before printing starts or while printing is in

progress.

For details, see A Message Is Displayed.

411

Printing with Web Service

Important

• This function may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.

Notice for Web Service Printing

Downloading and Printing Template Forms

412

Notice for Web Service Printing

When Using Web Service

• Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided, the availability of

site access, or permission to download the materials.

• Canon may at any time update, change, or delete the information provided through the web service,

or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice. Canon shall not be held responsible

for any damages resulting from such actions.

• In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web

services.

• All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.

• Depending on your network environment, some functions on web service are not available. Even if

they are available, it may take a while to print or display the contents, or communication may be

interrupted while operation is in progress.

Copyrights and Rights of Publicity

When printing downloaded template forms:

1. The copyright of each material (photos, illustrations, logos, or documents: hereinafter referred to as

"the materials") provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners.

Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters

displayed on the web template printing service.

Except as otherwise permitted (please see "2" below), copying, modifying or distributing all or a

portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of

the respective rights (Rights of Publicity and Copyright) holder is strictly prohibited.

2. All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and

non-commercial purposes.

413

Downloading and Printing Template Forms

Important

• This function may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase.

You can download the template form you want to print from the web service.

Before using the web service, see the terms of service.

Notice for Web Service Printing

Important

• LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to use this function.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Cloud.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Web template print.

The category folders of the template form are displayed on the touch screen.

4. Tap the category folders to display.

The template forms in the category folder are displayed on the touch screen.

5. Tap the template form to print.

6. Check the message that is displayed, then tap OK.

7. Check the print settings.

The print settings are determined automatically according to the specified template form.

To change the print setting, tap the setting item to change the setting.

Note

•2-sidedPrintSetting is set to 1-sided.

•Depending on the template form, some print setting cannot be specified. If it is selected, and

Error details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, tap on the upper left on the

touch screen to confirm the message, then change the setting.

8. Load paper according to the print settings.

9. Press the Color button.

The machine starts printing.

414

Printing from a Digital Camera

Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant

Device

About PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings

415

Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN)

Compliant Device

You can connect a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device such as a digital camera, camcorder, or

mobile phone to the machine through wireless LAN, and print recorded images directly without using a

computer.

Connectable devices:

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device

Printable image data format:

The machine accepts images* taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system

and PNG files.

* Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant

Important

• LAN connection with the machine is required to use this function.

Note

• PictBridge is the Standard to print your photos directly without using a computer, connecting a device

such as a digital still camera, digital camcorder, or camera-equipped mobile phone.

In this manual, PictBridge printing with the wireless LAN connection is referred to as "PictBridge

(Wireless LAN)."

• When printing photos with the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device connected to the machine,

we recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device. If you are using the device battery,

be sure to charge it fully.

• Depending on the model or brand of your device, you may have to select a print mode compliant with

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) before connecting the device. You may also have to turn on the device or

select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the machine.

Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device before connecting it

to this machine according to instructions given in the device's instruction manual.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load paper.

3. Connect the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device to the machine.

Detect the machine with the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device and connect the PictBridge

(Wireless LAN) compliant device to the machine with wireless LAN.

Note

•For details on how to detect the machine, refer to your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant

device's instruction manual.

4. Specify the print settings such as the paper type and layout.

416

You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant

device. Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine.

Settings on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device

If your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device does not have a setting menu, change the setting

from the machine.

Settings on the Machine

Note

•When printing from the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, set the print quality with the

operation panel on the machine. You cannot set the print quality on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN)

compliant device.

5. Start printing from your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

417

About PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings

Settings on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device

Settings on the Machine

Settings on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device

This section describes the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) function of the machine. For the print settings on a

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, refer to the instructions given in the device's instruction

manual.

Note

• In the following description, names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon-brand

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. Setting item names may be different depending on the

brand or model of your device.

• Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices. In this case, the settings

made on the machine are applied. Also, when some items are set to Default on a PictBridge

(Wireless LAN) compliant device, the machine settings for these items are applied.

PictBridge print settings

The following settings can be used when printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

Paper size 4" x 6"/ 10 x 15 cm, 5" x 7"*, 8" x 10"/ 20 x 25 cm, A4, 8.5" x 11"(Letter)

* Can be selected only on certain Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. (May

not be selected depending on the device.)

Paper type • Default (Selections based on the machine setting)

• Photo:

Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP-201/Photo Stickers*

* When printing on sticker paper, select 4"x6"/10x15cm in Paper size. Do not set Layout to

Borderless.

• Fast Photo:

Photo Paper Pro Platinum PT-101

• Plain:

A4/Letter sized plain paper

When Paper type is set to Plain, borderless printing will be disabled even when Layout is set to

Borderless.

Layout Default (Selections based on the machine setting), Index, Bordered, Borderless, N-up (2, 4, 9, 16)*1,

20-up*2, 35-up*3

*1 Layout compatible with A4 or Letter-sized paper and Canon-brand sticker above.

-A4/Letter: 4-up

-Photo Stickers: 2-up, 4-up, 9-up, 16-up.

*2 With a Canon brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, selecting items with "i" mark

allows you to print shooting info (Exif Data) in list format (20-up) or on the margins of the specified

data (1-up). (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant

devices.)

418

*3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout (Contact Printing Layout). Available only with a Canon-brand

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. (May not be available with some Canon-brand

PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices.)

Print date &

file no.

Default (Off: No printing), Date, File No., Both, Off

Image

optimize

Default (Selections based on the machine setting), On (Auto photo fix)*1, Off, Red-Eye*2

*1 The scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each

photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print. It also analyzes a

scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each scene with the most suitable

color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.

*2 Can be selected only on certain Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. (May

not be selected depending on the device.)

Trimming Default (Off: No trimming), On (follow the camera's setting), Off

Settings on the Machine

You can change the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) print settings from the PictBridge print settings screen.

Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device when you want to print

according to the settings on the machine.

This section describes the procedure to display the PictBridge print settings screen.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup.

Using the Operation Panel

3. Tap Device settings.

4. Tap PictBridge print settings.

5. Check the message that is displayed, then tap OK.

The PictBridge print settings screen is displayed.

For details on the setting items:

PictBridge print settings

419

Paper setting for Printing

By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the machine from

misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the

loaded paper differs from the print settings.

•When you load paper in the cassette:

The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed.

Important

• For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on

the touch screen:

Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer

Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer

• For copying, specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper

information.

Note

• Depending on the registered cassette paper information, the screen to confirm if you apply the

registered information to the paper settings for copying is displayed. If you tap Yes, the information

is applied to the paper settings for copying.

•When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information

registered to the machine:

Ex:

◦ Paper setting for printing or copying: B5

420

◦ Cassette paper information registered to the machine: A4

When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.

Confirm the message, then tap OK. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of

the operations below.

Note

• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.

Print with paper in cass. settings

Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings.

For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper

information registered to the machine is A4, the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the

paper loaded in the cassette.

Replace the paper and print

Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette.

For example, when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper

information registered to the machine is A4, you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you

start printing or copying.

The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and

inserting the cassette. Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in

the cassette.

Note

• If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine, press the Back button

when the screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed,

confirm the paper size and the media type, then register them to the machine.

421

• For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or

on the touch screen:

Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer

Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer

Cancel

Cancels printing.

Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying. Change the paper

settings, then try printing again.

Note

• You can disable the message which prevents misprinting. When you disable the message, the

machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the

cassette paper information registered to the machine are different.

• To change the setting using the operation panel:

Cassette settings

• To change the setting using the printer driver:

Changing the Printer Operation Mode

422

Copying

Making Copies Basic

Reducing or Enlarging a Copy

Two-Sided Copying

About Special Copy Menu

Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single

Page

Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single

Page

423

Making Copies

This section describes the procedure to copy with Copy.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Copy.

Using the Operation Panel

The Copy standby screen is displayed.

4. Load the original on the platen glass.

5. Specify the settings as necessary.

A. The copy layout is displayed.

Switch the layout (single-sided/2-on-1/two-sided).

B. Tap to specify the number of copies.

1. Flick to specify the number of copies.

2. Tap to specify the number of copies.

If you keep touching here, the number scrolls by 10.

C. Tap to display the print setting items.

424

For details on the setting items:

Setting Items for Copying

D. Tap to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen.

For details:

Displaying the Preview Screen

E. Tap to specify the page size.

6. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.

The machine starts copying.

Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete.

Important

•Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is

completed.

Note

•To cancel copying, press the Stop button.

425

Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)

You can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).

The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job.

Load the original on the platen glass and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as

the one which you previously pressed.

Important

• When you load the original on the platen glass, move the document cover gently.

Note

• When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.

• When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media

type cannot be changed.

• If you press the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method to

cancel copying is displayed. If you tap Cancel all reservations, you can cancel copying all scanned

data. If you tap Cancel the last reservation, you can cancel the last copying job.

• If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job, Cannot add more copy jobs.

Please wait a while and redo the operation. may appear on the touch screen. Tap OK and wait a

while, then try copying again.

• If Failed to reserve the copy job. Start over from the beginning. appears on the touch screen

when scanning, tap OK, then press the Stop button to cancel copying. After that, copy the

documents that have not been finished copying.

426

Displaying the Preview Screen

When is displayed on the Copy standby screen, tapping allows you to preview an image of the

printout on the preview screen.

Important

• In the following conditions, is not displayed when the Copy standby screen is displayed.

•2-sided is selected for 2-sidedPrintSetting.

•2-on-1 copy or 4-on-1 copy is selected for Layout.

When either of the conditions above is selected, you can set to display the preview screen after

scanning the original is finished.

Two-Sided Copying

Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

• The original will be scanned to display the preview image. Therefore, do not open the document cover

until the preview screen is displayed.

• Originals are rescanned after displaying the preview screen and before copying starts. Therefore, do

not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass while Scanning document...

is displayed.

A. A frame showing the selected page size appears over the image. The inside of the frame will be printed.

B. The original that is set on the platen glass is displayed. Tap to select Fit to page. If the displayed image

is skewed, refer to Loading Originals and reset the original properly, then display the preview screen

again and preview the original.

C. The magnification setting, which was set when the preview screen was displayed, is displayed. If the

setting other than Fit to page is selected, you can change the magnification setting by dragging the bar

on the touch screen.

D. Tap to specify the magnification.

If you keep touching, the magnification is changed by 10 %.

E. Tap to return to the Copy standby screen.

F. The magnification currently specified is displayed. Tap to select Fit to page.

427

Setting Items for Copying

You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity.

Print Settings Screen

Note

• For details on the print setting screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.

How to display the print setting screen varies with the copy menu.

• In Copy:

The following screen is displayed by tapping Settings on the Copy standby screen.

• In Borderless copy or Frame erase copy:

The following screen is displayed before copying.

Setting Items

You can specify the following setting items.

Flick to display setting items, then tap the setting item to display the settings. Tap to specify the setting.

Note

• Depending on the copy menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the

setting items in Copy.

428

The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out.

For details on the setting items for Photo copy, see Copying Photos.

• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy

menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are

displayed on the touch screen. In this case, tap on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm

the message, then change the setting.

• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the machine is turned off.

• When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting, The specified

function is not available with current settings. is displayed on the touch screen. Change the

setting, following the on-screen instructions.

1. Magnif. (Magnification)

Specify the reduction/enlargement method.

Reducing or Enlarging a Copy

2. Intensity

Specify the intensity.

A. Tap to activate/deactivate automatic intensity adjustment.

When ON is selected, the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded

on the platen glass.

B. Drag to specify the intensity.

C. Tap to confirm the intensity setting.

3. Page size

Select the page size of the loaded paper.

4. Type (Media type)

Select the media type of the loaded paper.

5. Print qlty (Print quality)

Adjust print quality according to the original.

429

Important

• If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select

Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again.

• Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays

instead of black or white.

6. Layout

Select the layout.

Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

7. 2-sidedPrintSetting

Select whether to perform two-sided copying.

Two-Sided Copying

430

Reducing or Enlarging a Copy

You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset-ratio copying or fit-to-page copying.

The screen below is displayed when you tap Settings in the Copy standby screen and tap Magnif. to select

the reduction/enlargement method.

A. Tap to display the screen below.

1. Flick to specify the magnification.

2. Tap to specify the magnification.

If you keep touching, the magnification is changed by 10 %.

B. Flick to specify the magnification.

C. Tap to confirm the magnification.

Reduction/enlargement Method

Note

• Some of the reduction/enlargement methods are not available depending on the copy menu.

• Fit to page

The machine automatically reduces or enlarges the image to fit the page size.

The setting in Magnif.: Fit to page

Note

• When you select Fit to page, the page size may not be detected correctly depending on the

original. In this case, select the setting other than Fit to page.

431

• Preset ratio

You can select one of the preset ratios to reduce or enlarge copies.

Select the appropriate ratio for size of original and page size.

The setting in Magnif.: 70% A4->A5/86% A4->B5/94% A4->LTR/115% B5->A4/141% A5->A4/156%

5x7->LTR/183% 4x6->LTR

Note

• Some of the preset ratios are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.

• Ratio specified copy

You can specify the copy ratio as a percentage to reduce or enlarge copies.

Note

•400% MAX (maximum copy ratio) and 25% MIN (minimum copy ratio) are selectable.

• If you make a copy at the same size as the original, select Same size.

432

Two-Sided Copying

When you select 2-sided for 2-sidedPrintSetting in Copy, you can copy two original pages onto the both

sides of a single sheet of paper.

Select 2-sided, then tap OK.

If you tap Advanced with 2-sided selected, you can specify the orientation and the stapling side of the

original.

• When you select Orientation: Portrait and Output: Long side bind:

• When you select Orientation: Portrait and Output: Short side bind:

• When you select Orientation: Landscape and Output: Long side bind:

• When you select Orientation: Landscape and Output: Short side bind:

After selecting the stapling side, you can select whether you use the preview screen. If you tap ON, the

preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation.

Note

• If Device memory is full. Cannot continue process. appears on the touch screen when scanning, set

the print quality to Standard, then try copying again. If the problem is not resolved, set the print quality

to Draft and try copying again.

• Two-sided copy setting can be used in combination with 2-on-1 copy or 4-on-1 copy.

Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

433

• If you are copying in black & white, print intensity of the Two-sided copy may differ from that of a single-

sided copy.

When checking the orientation:

When you are using the preview screen, the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you

can check the orientation.

A. Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees.

B. Tap to start scanning the original.

C. Tap to rescan the original.

When scanning is finished:

The screen below appears after scanning each sheet of original.

A. Tap to start scanning the original.

Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the

platen glass, then tap Scan.

B. Tap to start copying the original already scanned.

Note

• You can add the copying job while printing.

Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)

434

About Special Copy Menu

The following menus are selectable in the Advanced print menu to copy originals.

Borderless copy

You can copy images so that they fill the entire page without borders.

Copying without Borders

Frame erase copy

When copying thick originals such as books, you can make a copy without black margins around the

image and gutter shadows.

Copying Thick Originals Such as Books

Photo copy

You can copy all photos you scanned.

Copying Photos

435

Copying Thick Originals Such as Books

When copying thick originals such as books, you can make a copy without black margins around the image

and gutter shadows. Using this function, you can reduce unnecessary ink consumption.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Advanced print.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Tap Frame erase copy.

5. Load the original document on the platen glass.

6. Specify the settings as necessary.

Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies.

For the setting items other than Copies:

Setting Items for Copying

Note

• When the Copy standby screen is displayed, tapping allows you to preview an image of the

printout on the preview screen.

Displaying the Preview Screen

7. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.

The machine starts copying.

Note

• Close the document cover.

• There may be a narrow black margin that appears around the image. This function removes the dark

margins only. If a scanned book is too thin or when the machine is used near a window or in a bright

environment, a faint black frame may remain. Also, if the color of an original is dark, the machine cannot

distinguish the document color from the shadow and this may cause slight cropping or a shadow on the

crease.

436

Copying without Borders

You can copy images on photo paper so that they fill the entire page without borders.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load the photo paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Advanced print.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Tap Borderless copy.

5. Load the original on the platen glass.

6. Specify the settings as necessary.

Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies.

For the setting items other than Copies:

Setting Items for Copying

7. Press the Color button for color copying, or the Black button for black & white copying.

The machine starts copying.

Note

• Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You

can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed. However, the

cropped area will be larger if the extension amount is large.

For details:

Extended copy amount

• For details on the paper size and the media type available for borderless copying:

Printing Area

437

Copying Photos

You can scan printed photos and print them all at one time.

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Load the photo paper.

3. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Advanced print.

Using the Operation Panel

4. Tap Photo copy.

5. Confirm the on-screen instructions, then tap OK.

6. Load the printed photo on the platen glass following the on-screen instructions, then tap

OK.

Note

• For details on loading photos on the platen glass:

Loading Originals

When scanning is complete, the print settings confirmation screen is displayed.

7. Specify the settings as necessary.

Flick to display setting items, then tap the setting item to display the settings. Tap to specify the setting.

438

Note

• Depending on the setting item, some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting

of other setting items. If the setting cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error

details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, tap on the upper left on the touch

screen to confirm the message, then change the setting.

1. Copies

Specifies the number of copies.

2. Page size

Select the page size of the loaded paper.

3. Type (Media type)

Select the media type of the loaded paper.

4. Print qlty (Print quality)

Select print quality according to the original.

5. Border (Bordered/Borderless print)

Select bordered or borderless print.

6. Photo fix

Select No correction, Auto photo fix, or Fade restoration.

Note

• When No correction is selected, the machine prints the scanned image without correction.

•When Auto photo fix is selected, the machine corrects the scanned image automatically.

• When Fade restoration is selected, the machine corrects the scanned image that have faded

over time.

7. By tapping, you can preview an image of the printout on the preview screen. Flick the photo to

change the display.

Note

•If appears on the photo, the printed photo may not be scanned properly. Rescan the printed

photo.

8. Press the Color button for color printing, or the Black button for black & white printing.

The machine starts printing.

Note

•If the printed photo was not scanned properly, the confirmation screen asking you if you continue

printing is displayed. By tapping Yes, the machine starts printing. If you rescan the photo, tap No

and scan the photo again.

439

Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

When you select 2-on-1 copy for Layout in Copy, you can copy two original pages onto a single sheet of

paper by reducing each image.

Tap Settings on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen, then select 2-on-1 copy for

Layout.

Select 2-on-1 copy, then tap OK.

If you tap Advanced with 2-on-1 copy selected, you can specify the orientation and the order of the

original.

• When you select Orientation: Portrait and Left to right:

• When you select Orientation: Portrait and Right to left:

• When you select Orientation: Landscape and Top to bottom:

• When you select Orientation: Landscape and Bottom to top:

After selecting the order, you can select whether you use the preview screen. If you tap ON, the preview

screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation.

Note

• If Device memory is full. Cannot continue process. appears on the touch screen when scanning, set

the print quality to Standard, then try copying again. If the problem is not resolved, set the print quality

to Draft and try copying again.

• This function can be used in combination with Two-sided copy.

If you use this function in combination, you can copy four original pages on one sheet of paper. In this

case, two original pages are copied on each side of paper.

440

If you use this function in combination, select 2-sided for 2-sidedPrintSetting, then select the

orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen.

For details on two-sided copy function:

Two-Sided Copying

When checking the orientation:

When you are using the preview screen, the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you

can check the orientation.

A. Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees.

B. Tap to start scanning the original.

C. Tap to rescan the original.

When scanning is finished:

The screen below appears after scanning the first sheet of original.

A. Tap to start scanning the original.

Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the

platen glass, then tap Scan.

B. Tap to start copying the original already scanned.

Note

• You can add the copying job while printing.

Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)

441

• If you use this function in combination with Two-sided copy, the screen above is displayed after

scanning the second sheet of original is complete. Follow the on-screen instructions to scan the third

and fourth sheet of original.

442

Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page

When you select 4-on-1 copy for Layout in Copy, you can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of

paper by reducing each image. Four different layouts are available.

Select 4-on-1 copy, then tap OK.

If you tap Advanced with 4-on-1 copy selected, you can specify the orientation and the order of the

original.

Note

• The order is the same regardless of the orientation.

• When you select Upper-left to right

• When you select Upper-right to left

• When you select Upper-left to bottom

• When you select Upper-right to bottom

443

After selecting the order, you can select whether you use the preview screen. If you tap ON, the preview

screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation.

Note

• If Device memory is full. Cannot continue process. appears on the touch screen when scanning, set

the print quality to Standard, then try copying again. If the problem is not resolved, set the print quality

to Draft and try copying again.

• This function can be used in combination with Two-sided copy.

If you use this function in combination, you can copy eight original pages on one sheet of paper. In this

case, four original pages are copied on each side of paper.

If you use this function in combination, select 2-sided for 2-sidedPrintSetting, then select the

orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen.

For details on two-sided copy function:

Two-Sided Copying

When checking the orientation:

When you are using the preview screen, the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you

can check the orientation.

A. Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees.

B. Tap to start scanning the original.

C. Tap to rescan the original.

When scanning is finished:

The screen below appears after scanning each sheet of original.

A. Tap to start scanning the original.

444

Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the

platen glass, then tap Scan.

B. Tap to start copying the original already scanned.

After scanning the fourth sheet of original, the machine starts copying.

Note

• You can add the copying job while printing.

Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)

• If you use this function in combination with Two-sided copy, the screen above is displayed after

scanning the second sheet of original is complete. Follow the on-screen instructions to scan the rest

of originals.

445

Scanning

Scanning from a Computer

Scanning from the Operation Panel of the

Machine

446

Scanning from a Computer

Scanning with IJ Scan Utility

Scanning with Scanner Driver

Useful Information on Scanning

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

447

Scanning with IJ Scan Utility

What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?

Starting IJ Scan Utility

Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basic

Scanning Documents

Scanning Photos

Scanning with Favorite Settings

Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)

Scanning Multiple Items at One Time

Saving after Checking Scan Results

Sending Scanned Images via E-mail

Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR)

IJ Scan Utility Screens

448

What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?

IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents, photos, etc.

You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ

Scan Utility main screen.

What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility

Scan Easily according to Purposes

You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Auto to scan easily, Document to sharpen text in a

document or magazine for better readability, or Photo to scan with settings suitable for photos,

according to the item type or your purpose.

Note

• Refer to "IJ Scan Utility Main Screen" for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen.

Save Scanned Images Automatically

Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder. You can change the folder as required.

Note

• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

• Refer to "Settings Dialog" for how to specify a folder.

Integrate with Applications

You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications; display scanned images in

your favorite application, attach them to e-mails, extract text from images, and more.

449

Important

• Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed.

Note

• Refer to "Settings Dialog" for how to set the applications to integrate with.

450

Starting IJ Scan Utility

Note

• If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network

connection, set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility.

Network Scan Settings

From the Go menu of Finder, select Applications, then double-click the Canon Utilities folder, IJ Scan

Utility folder, and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility.

451

Easy Scanning with Auto Scan

You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type.

Important

• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames

(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main

screen and scan again.

• Photos that have a whitish background

• Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.

• Thin items

• Thick items

1. Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.

2. Place items on the platen of your scanner or printer.

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

3. Start IJ Scan Utility.

4. Click Auto.

Scanning starts.

Note

• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

• To apply suitable corrections based on the item type, click Settings..., then select the Apply

recommended image correction checkbox in the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog.

• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog displayed

by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog, you can also make advanced scan settings.

• Refer to the following pages to scan by specifying the item type.

Scanning Photos

Scanning Documents

Scanning with Favorite Settings

452

Scanning Documents

You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents.

1. Place the item on the platen.

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

2. Start IJ Scan Utility.

3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Document Scan)

dialog as required.

When setting is completed, click OK.

4. Click Document.

Scanning starts.

Note

• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog

displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog, you can also make

advanced scan settings.

453

Scanning Photos

You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos.

1. Place the photo on the platen.

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

2. Start IJ Scan Utility.

3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Photo Scan)

dialog as required.

When setting is completed, click OK.

4. Click Photo.

Scanning starts.

Note

• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog displayed

by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog, you can also make advanced scan

settings.

454

Scanning with Favorite Settings

You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand.

This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Custom Scan)

dialog as required.

When setting is completed, click OK.

Note

•Once the settings are made, you can scan with the same settings from the next time.

3. Place the item on the platen.

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

4. Click Custom.

Scanning starts.

Note

• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

• Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog

displayed by clicking Settings.... In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, you can also make advanced

scan settings.

455

Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)

You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one

image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported.

Note

• The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Scan and Stitch)

dialog as required.

When setting is completed, click OK.

3. Click Stitch.

The Image Stitch window appears.

4. In Select Output Size, select an output size according to the paper size.

5. Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction.

456

6. Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face-down on the platen.

7. Click Start Scanning Image 1.

The first item is scanned and appears in 1.

Note

•Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

8. Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face-down on the

platen.

457

9. Click Start Scanning Image 2.

The second item is scanned and appears in 2.

Note

• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

10. Adjust the scanned images as required.

Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in/out, or drag the images to adjust their positions.

Note

•Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved.

458

Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window

• To scan an item again, select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the

screen, then click (Delete). The selected image is deleted, allowing you to scan the item

again.

11. Click Save.

The combined image is saved.

Note

• Refer to "Image Stitch Window" for details on the Image Stitch window.

• You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog displayed by clicking

Settings....

459

Scanning Multiple Items at One Time

You can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image

individually.

Important

• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames

(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main

screen and scan again.

• Photos that have a whitish background

• Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.

• Thin items

• Thick items

Using Auto Scan:

Whether there are multiple items or not is detected automatically. Click Auto and scan.

Easy Scanning with Auto Scan

Not Using Auto Scan:

In the Settings dialog, set Paper Size to Auto scan and scan.

Note

• The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following descriptions.

1. Place the items on the platen.

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

2. Start IJ Scan Utility.

3. Click Settings....

The Settings dialog appears.

4. Click Custom Scan.

460

5. Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned.

6. Select Auto scan for Paper Size, then click OK.

461

The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.

Note

• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.

Settings (Document Scan) Dialog

Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog

Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog

7. Click Custom.

Multiple items are scanned at one time.

Note

•Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

•Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog displayed

by clicking Settings.... In each Settings dialog, you can also make advanced scan settings.

462

Saving after Checking Scan Results

You can check the scan results, then save the images to a computer.

Important

• You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan or the operation

panel.

Note

• The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Click Settings....

The Settings dialog appears.

3. Click Photo Scan.

4. Select the Check scan results checkbox, then click OK.

463

The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.

Note

• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.

Settings (Document Scan) Dialog

Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog

Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog

Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog

Settings (Driver) Dialog

5. Click Photo.

Scanning starts.

When scanning is completed, the Save Settings dialog appears.

Note

•Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

6. Change the image order or file save options as required.

You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog.

464

Note

• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

7. Click OK.

Scanned images are saved according to the settings.

465

Sending Scanned Images via E-mail

You can send scanned images via e-mail.

Note

• The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Click Settings....

The Settings dialog appears.

3. Click Photo Scan.

4. Select Attach to e-mail in Application Settings, then select an e-mail client.

466

Note

• You can add e-mail clients to use for attachments from the pop-up menu.

• If None (Attach Manually) is selected, manually attach scanned and saved images to e-mail.

5. Click OK.

The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.

Note

•Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.

467

Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog

Settings (Document Scan) Dialog

Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog

Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog

Settings (Driver) Dialog

6. Click Photo.

Scanning starts.

When scanning is completed, the specified e-mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new

message.

Note

• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

• The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog.

•When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog, the Save Settings

dialog appears. After you set the save options and click OK, the scanned images are saved and

automatically attached to a new message of the specified e-mail client.

7. Specify the recipient, enter the subject and message, then send e-mail.

Refer to the manual of your e-mail client for e-mail settings.

468

Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR)

Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor.

Note

• You can extract text when scanning via Document, Custom, or Driver.

• The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Click Settings....

The Settings dialog appears.

3. Click Document Scan.

Note

•For Resolution, only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application

Settings.

4. Select Start OCR for Application Settings, then select the application in which you want

to display the result.

469

Note

• If a compatible application is not installed, the text in the image is extracted and appears in your

text editor.

Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings (General Settings)

dialog. Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan.

• You can add the application from the pop-up menu.

5. Click OK.

The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.

470

Note

• Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog.

Settings (Document Scan) Dialog

Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog

Settings (Driver) Dialog

6. Click Document.

Scanning starts.

When scanning is completed, the scanned images are saved according to the settings, and the extracted

text appears in the specified application.

Note

• Click Cancel to cancel the scan.

• Text displayed in your text editor is for guidance only. Text in the image of the following types of

documents may not be detected correctly.

• Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40 points (at 300 dpi)

• Slanted documents

• Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation (rotated

characters)

• Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text

• Documents with narrow line spacing

• Documents with colors in the background of text

• Documents containing multiple languages

471

IJ Scan Utility Screens

IJ Scan Utility Main Screen

Settings Dialog

Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog

Settings (Document Scan) Dialog

Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog

Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog

Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog

Settings (Driver) Dialog

Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog

Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog

Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog

Settings (General Settings) Dialog

Network Selection Screen

Save Settings Dialog

Image Stitch Window

472

IJ Scan Utility Main Screen

From the Go menu of Finder, select Applications, then double-click the Canon Utilities folder, IJ Scan

Utility folder, and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility.

You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon.

Product Name

Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use.

If the displayed product is not the one you want to use, select the desired product from the list.

In addition, for network connection, select one with "Network" after the product name.

Note

• Refer to "Network Scan Settings" for how to set up a network environment.

Auto

Detects the item type automatically and saves them to a computer. The data format for saving will also

be set automatically.

Save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog.

Document

Scans items as documents and saves them to a computer.

Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Document Scan)

dialog.

Photo

Scans items as photos and saves them to a computer.

Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Photo Scan)

dialog.

Custom

Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer. The item type can be

automatically detected.

Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Custom Scan)

dialog.

Stitch

Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than

the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image.

Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Scan and Stitch)

dialog.

Driver

Allows you to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning.

Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Driver) dialog.

473

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Settings...

Displays the Settings dialog in which you can specify the scan/save settings and the response after

scanning.

474

Settings Dialog

There are three tabs in the Settings dialog: (Scanning from a Computer), (Scanning from the

Operation Panel), and (General Settings). When you click a tab, the view in the red frame switches and

you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab.

(Scanning from a Computer) Tab

You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden.

Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog

Settings (Document Scan) Dialog

Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog

Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog

Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog

Settings (Driver) Dialog

(Scanning from the Operation Panel) Tab

You can specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel.

Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog

Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog

Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog

475

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the (Scanning from the Operation

Panel) tab does not appear.

(General Settings) Tab

You can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in

images, and folder in which to save images temporarily.

Settings (General Settings) Dialog

476

Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog

Click Auto Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog.

In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically

detecting the item type.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application

Settings do not appear.

Supported Items

Photos, postcards, business cards, magazines, newspapers, documents, and BD/DVD/CD.

Important

• To scan the following types of items, specify the item type and size in the Settings (Document Scan)

dialog, Settings (Photo Scan) dialog, or Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, then click Photo,

Document, or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen. You cannot scan correctly with Auto.

• A4 size photos

• Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as paperback

pages with the spine cut off

• Items printed on thin white paper

• Long narrow items such as panoramic photos

• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.

• Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly.

477

Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.

Note

• To reduce moire in scans, set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog or

Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, then click Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.

(1) Scan Options Area

Apply recommended image correction

Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.

Important

• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the

checkbox and scan.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

Data Format

Auto is selected. The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type

when saving.

• Photos, postcards, BD/DVD/CD, and business cards: JPEG

• Magazines, newspapers, and documents: PDF

Important

• The save format may differ depending on how you place the item.

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

478

PDF Compression

Select the compression type for saving PDF files.

Standard

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Attach to e-mail

Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.

You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

479

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

480

Settings (Document Scan) Dialog

Click Document Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Document

Scan) dialog.

In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as

documents.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for

Application Settings do not appear.

(1) Scan Options Area

Select Source

Select the type of item to be scanned.

• Scanning documents: Document

• Scanning magazines: Magazine

Color Mode

Select the color mode in which to scan the item.

481

Paper Size

Select the size of the item to be scanned.

When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit,

then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.

Note

• Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings.

Resolution

Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.

The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.

Resolution

Note

• Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings.

Image Processing Settings

Click (Right Arrow) to set the following.

Note

• When Color Mode is Black and White, only Reduce gutter shadow, Correct slanted text

document, and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear.

Apply Auto Document Fix

Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability.

Important

• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect

the checkbox and scan.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.

Sharpen outline

Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.

Reduce show-through

Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.

Reduce moire

Reduces moire patterns.

Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where

uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots

are scanned.

482

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.

Reduce gutter shadow

Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.

Note

• Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when

scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.

Refer to "Gutter Correction" for details.

• When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network

connection.

Correct slanted text document

Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10

degrees) of the document.

Important

• The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be

detected correctly.

• Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary

by line

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text

• Documents with extremely large or small fonts

• Documents with small amount of text

• Documents containing figures/images

• Hand-written text

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document.

Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image

Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in

the scanned document.

Important

• Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language

in the Settings (General Settings) dialog are supported.

• The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since

the text cannot be detected correctly.

• Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi

• Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points

• Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text

• Documents with patterned backgrounds

In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save

Settings dialog.

483

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

Data Format

Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.

You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).

Important

• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.

• When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you cannot select PDF or PDF (Multiple

Pages).

Note

• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in

Data Format.

PDF Compression

Select the compression type for saving PDF files.

Standard

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Important

• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

484

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

Check scan results

Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Attach to e-mail

Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.

You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.

Start OCR

Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

485

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

486

Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog

Click Photo Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog.

In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application

Settings do not appear.

(1) Scan Options Area

Select Source

Photo is selected.

Color Mode

Select the color mode in which to scan the item.

Paper Size

Select the size of the item to be scanned.

When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit,

then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.

487

Note

• Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings.

Resolution

Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.

The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.

Resolution

Image Processing Settings

Click (Right Arrow) to set the following.

Important

• When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available.

Sharpen outline

Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

Data Format

Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.

You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG.

Important

• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.

488

Note

• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in

Data Format.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Important

• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

Check scan results

Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Attach to e-mail

Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.

You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

489

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

490

Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog

Click Custom Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Custom Scan)

dialog.

In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your

preference.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for

Application Settings do not appear.

(1) Scan Options Area

Select Source

Select the type of item to be scanned. Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set

Color Mode, Paper Size, and Resolution automatically as well.

Important

• Item types supported by Auto are photos, postcards, business cards, magazines, newspapers,

documents, and BD/DVD/CD.

491

• To scan the following types of items, specify the item type or size. You cannot scan correctly with

Auto.

• A4 size photos

• Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as

paperback pages with the spine cut off

• Items printed on thin white paper

• Long narrow items such as panoramic photos

• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.

• Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be

scanned correctly.

Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.

Note

• To convert text in the image into text data after scanning, specify Select Source instead of

selecting Auto.

• To reduce moire, set Select Source to Magazine.

Color Mode

Select the color mode in which to scan the item.

Note

• Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto.

Paper Size

Select the size of the item to be scanned.

When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit,

then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK.

Note

• Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto.

• Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified

settings to the default settings.

Resolution

Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.

The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.

Resolution

Note

• Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto.

• Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings.

492

Image Processing Settings

Click (Right Arrow) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source.

•When Select Source is Auto:

Apply recommended image correction

Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.

Important

• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case,

deselect the checkbox and scan.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.

•When Select Source is Photo:

Important

• When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available.

Sharpen outline

Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.

•When Select Source is Magazine or Document:

Note

• When Color Mode is Black and White, only Reduce gutter shadow, Correct slanted text

document, and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear.

Apply Auto Document Fix

Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability.

Important

• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case,

deselect the checkbox and scan.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.

Sharpen outline

Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.

Reduce show-through

Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.

Reduce moire

Reduces moire patterns.

Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where

uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine

dots are scanned.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.

493

Reduce gutter shadow

Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.

Note

• Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when

scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.

Refer to "Gutter Correction" for details.

• When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network

connection.

Correct slanted text document

Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10

degrees) of the document.

Important

• The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot

be detected correctly.

• Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles

vary by line

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text

• Documents with extremely large or small fonts

• Documents with small amount of text

• Documents containing figures/images

• Hand-written text

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document.

Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image

Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text

in the scanned document.

Important

• Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document

Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog are supported.

• The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents

since the text cannot be detected correctly.

• Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi

• Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points

• Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text

• Documents with patterned backgrounds

In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save

Settings dialog.

494

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

Data Format

Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.

You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto.

Important

• When Auto is selected, the save format may differ depending on how you place the item.

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.

• When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings, you cannot select PDF, PDF (Multiple

Pages), or Auto.

Note

•Auto appears only when Auto is selected for Select Source.

• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in

Data Format.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Important

• This appears only when JPEG/Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format.

PDF Compression

Select the compression type for saving PDF files.

Standard

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.

Important

• This appears only when PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto is selected in Data Format.

• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.

495

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Important

• This appears only when PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto is selected in Data Format.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

Check scan results

Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.

Important

• This does not appear when Select Source is Auto.

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Attach to e-mail

Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.

You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.

Start OCR

Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

496

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

497

Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog

Click Scan and Stitch on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Scan and

Stitch) dialog.

In the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog, you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger

than the platen.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for

Application Settings do not appear.

(1) Scan Options Area

Select Source

Select the type of item to be scanned.

• Scanning photos: Photo

• Scanning documents: Document

• Scanning magazines: Magazine

Note

• To reduce moire, set Select Source to Magazine.

498

Color Mode

Select the color mode in which to scan the item.

Resolution

Select the resolution of the item to be scanned.

The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.

Resolution

Image Processing Settings

Click (Right Arrow) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source.

Important

• When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available.

•When Select Source is Photo:

Sharpen outline

Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.

•When Select Source is Magazine or Document:

Sharpen outline

Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.

Reduce show-through

Sharpens text in an item or reduces show-through in newspapers, etc.

Reduce moire

Reduces moire patterns.

Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where

uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine

dots are scanned.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire.

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

499

Data Format

Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.

You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).

Important

• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.

Note

• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in

Data Format.

PDF Compression

Select the compression type for saving PDF files.

Standard

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Important

• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

Check scan results

Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

500

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

501

Settings (Driver) Dialog

Click Driver on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Driver) dialog.

In the Settings (Driver) dialog, you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting the

scanner driver from IJ Scan Utility and how to respond after saving them.

(1) Save Settings Area

(2) Application Settings Area

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application

Settings do not appear.

(1) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

502

Data Format

Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.

You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).

Note

• When PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected, images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 pixels can be

scanned.

• When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings, or when Start

OCR is selected in Application Settings, you can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG.

• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in

Data Format.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Important

• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.

PDF Compression

Select the compression type for saving PDF files.

Standard

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

Enable large image scans

Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1.8 GB.

Important

• When this checkbox is selected, you cannot select Send to an application, Send to a folder,

Attach to e-mail, or Start OCR.

503

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

Note

• When this checkbox is not selected, images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can be scanned.

Check scan results

Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear.

(2) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Attach to e-mail

Select this when you want to send e-mails with the scanned images attached.

You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.

Start OCR

Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

504

Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog

Click Save to PC (Auto) on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings (Save

to PC (Auto)) dialog.

In the Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a

computer after scanning them from the operation panel by automatically detecting the item type.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

(1) Scan Options Area

Paper Size

Auto is selected.

Resolution

Auto is selected.

Image Processing Settings

Click (Right Arrow) to set the following.

Apply recommended image correction

Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.

Important

• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect

the checkbox and scan.

505

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Data Format

Auto is selected. The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type

when saving.

• Photos, postcards, BD/DVD/CD, and business cards: JPEG

• Magazines, newspapers, and documents: PDF

Important

• The save format may differ depending on how you place the item.

Refer to "Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)" for how to place items.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

PDF Compression

Select the compression type for saving PDF files.

Standard

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

506

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

507

Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog

Click Save to PC (Photo) on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings

(Save to PC (Photo)) dialog.

In the Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a

computer as photos after scanning them from the operation panel.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

(1) Scan Options Area

Paper Size

Set from the operation panel.

Resolution

Set from the operation panel.

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

508

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Data Format

Set from the operation panel.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

509

Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog

Click Save to PC (Document) on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings

(Save to PC (Document)) dialog.

In the Settings (Save to PC (Document)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a

computer as documents after scanning them from the operation panel.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

(1) Scan Options Area

Paper Size

Set from the operation panel.

Resolution

Set from the operation panel.

Image Processing Settings

Click (Right Arrow) to set the following.

Apply Auto Document Fix

Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability.

Important

• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect

the checkbox and scan.

510

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.

Reduce gutter shadow

Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.

Note

• When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network

connection.

Correct slanted text document

Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10

degrees) of the document.

Important

• The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be

detected correctly.

• Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary

by line

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text

• Documents with extremely large or small fonts

• Documents with small amount of text

• Documents containing figures/images

• Hand-written text

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document.

Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image

Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in

the scanned document.

Important

• Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language

in the Settings (General Settings) dialog are supported.

• The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since

the text cannot be detected correctly.

• Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi

• Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points

• Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text

• Documents with patterned backgrounds

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

511

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Data Format

Set from the operation panel.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

(3) Application Settings Area

Open with an application

Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to an application

Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to

browse or organize images.

You can specify the application from the pop-up menu.

Send to a folder

Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in

Save in.

You can specify the folder from the pop-up menu.

Do not start any application

Saves to the folder specified in Save in.

Note

• Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

512

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

513

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog

Click Attach to E-mail (Photo) on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings

(Attach to E-mail (Photo)) dialog.

In the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when attaching images

to an e-mail as photos after scanning them from the operation panel.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

(1) Scan Options Area

Paper Size

Set from the operation panel.

Resolution

Set from the operation panel.

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

514

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Data Format

Set from the operation panel.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

(3) Application Settings Area

E-mail Client

Specify the e-mail client to use for attaching scanned images.

You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.

Note

• Specify the e-mail client in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

515

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog

Click Attach to E-mail (Document) on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) dialog.

In the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) dialog, you can specify how to respond when attaching

images to an e-mail as documents after scanning them from the operation panel.

(1) Scan Options Area

(2) Save Settings Area

(3) Application Settings Area

(1) Scan Options Area

Paper Size

Set from the operation panel.

Resolution

Set from the operation panel.

Image Processing Settings

Click (Right Arrow) to set the following.

Apply Auto Document Fix

Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability.

Important

• The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect

the checkbox and scan.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function.

516

Reduce gutter shadow

Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.

Note

• When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network

connection.

Correct slanted text document

Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10

degrees) of the document.

Important

• The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be

detected correctly.

• Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary

by line

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text

• Documents with extremely large or small fonts

• Documents with small amount of text

• Documents containing figures/images

• Hand-written text

• Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines (tables)

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document.

Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image

Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in

the scanned document.

Important

• Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language

in the Settings (General Settings) dialog are supported.

• The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since

the text cannot be detected correctly.

• Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi

• Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points

• Documents containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text

• Documents with patterned backgrounds

(2) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

517

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Data Format

Set from the operation panel.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

(3) Application Settings Area

E-mail Client

Specify the e-mail client to use for attaching scanned images.

You can specify the e-mail client you want to start from the pop-up menu.

Note

• Specify the e-mail client in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

518

Settings (General Settings) Dialog

Click the (General Settings) tab to display the Settings (General Settings) dialog.

In the Settings (General Settings) dialog, you can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail

attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily.

Important

• When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden, some options may not appear.

Product Name

Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use.

If the displayed product is not the one you want to use, select the desired product from the list.

In addition, for network connection, select one with "Network" after the product name.

Note

• With network connection, Select appears on the right side of the product name. Click Select to

display the network selection screen in which you can change the scanner to use. Refer to

"Network Scan Settings" for the setting procedure.

E-mail Attachment Size

You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e-mail.

You can select Small (Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows), Medium (Suitable for 800 x 600 Windows),

Large (Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows), or No Change.

Document Language

Select the language for detecting text in images.

Folder to Save Temporary Files

Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily. Click Browse... to specify the destination

folder.

519

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Defaults

You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

520

Network Selection Screen

You can select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your

computer or the operation panel.

Network Selection Screen

In Product Name in the Settings (General Settings) dialog, select an item with "Network" after the

product name from the list, then click Select that appears to the right of the product name to display the

network selection screen.

Scanners

The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are

displayed.

You can select one scanner or printer per model. Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables

scanning from the operation panel.

Important

• You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled. Enable Bonjour on your scanner or

printer.

• If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour

service name, reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name

from Scanners.

Instructions

Opens this guide.

Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings

The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears. You can select up to three scanners and

printers in total for scanning from the operation panel. You can scan items using the operation panel

of the selected scanner or printer, and send the scanned images to your computer over a network.

Important

• When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel, that

model does not appear in Scanners and the setting is not available.

Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings Screen

Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings in the network selection screen to display the Scan-from-

Operation-Panel Settings screen.

Scanners

The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are

displayed.

You can select up to three scanners and printers in total at the same time.

Important

• You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled. Enable Bonjour on your scanner or

printer.

521

• If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour

service name, reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name

from Scanners.

Note

• If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected, check the

following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.

• The scanner driver is installed

• Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver

• Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled

If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to "Problems with Network Communication" for

your model from Home of the Online Manual.

522

Save Settings Dialog

Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog to display the Save

Settings dialog after scanning.

You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results.

Important

• After scanning from My Image Garden or the operation panel, the Save Settings dialog does not

appear.

(1) Preview Operation Buttons

(2) Scan Results Area

(3) Save Settings Area

(1) Preview Operation Buttons

/ (Rotate Left 90°)/(Rotate Right 90°)

Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter-clockwise or clockwise.

Select the image you want to rotate, then click (Rotate Left 90°) or (Rotate Right 90°).

Important

• The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans checkbox is

selected in the Settings (Driver) dialog.

(2) Scan Results Area

Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images. You can change the save order of images via drag-and-

drop. The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails.

523

(3) Save Settings Area

File Name

Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are

appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format.

Note

• When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits

are appended to the set file name.

Save in

Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To change the folder, specify the

destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add... from the pop-up menu.

The default save folder is the Pictures folder.

Data Format

Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.

You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).

Important

• You cannot select PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) in the following cases.

• When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen

• The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the Settings

(Driver) dialog

•Start OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings (Document Scan), Settings

(Custom Scan), or Settings (Driver) dialog

• You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.

Note

• With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in

Data Format.

JPEG Image Quality

You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.

Important

• This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.

PDF Compression

Select the compression type for saving PDF files.

Standard

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear.

524

Create a PDF file that supports keyword search

Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support

keyword search.

Important

• This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.

Note

• PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the

(General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog are created.

Save to a subfolder with current date

Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save

scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"

(Year_Month_Date).

If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.

525

Image Stitch Window

Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window.

You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one

image. You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen.

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons

(2) Toolbar

(3) Thumbnail View Area

(4) Preview Area

Note

• The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view.

(1) Settings and Operation Buttons

Select Output Size

B4 (B5 x 2)

Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately.

A3 (A4 x 2)

Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately.

11 x 17 (Letter x 2)

Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately.

Full Platen x 2

Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen separately.

Scan Direction

Scan from Left

Displays the first scanned image on the left side.

Scan from Right

Displays the first scanned image on the right side.

526

Scan Image 1

Start Scanning Image 1

Scans the first item.

Scan Image 2

Start Scanning Image 2

Scans the second item.

Adjust cropping frames

You can adjust the scan area in preview.

If no area is specified, the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved. If an area

is specified, only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved.

Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window

Save

Saves the two scanned images as one image.

527

Cancel

Cancels Stitch scan.

(2) Toolbar

You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images.

(Delete)

Deletes the scanned image.

(Enlarge/Reduce)

Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image.

Left-clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image.

Control-clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image.

(Rotate Left)

Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

(Invert Vertically)

Rotates the preview image 180 degrees.

(Rotate Right)

Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.

(Open Guide)

Opens this page.

(3) Thumbnail View Area

Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images. Appears blank if none has been scanned.

(4) Preview Area

Displays the scanned images. You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned image or check the

results of the settings made in "(1) Settings and Operation Buttons."

528

When no image has been scanned:

After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1:

The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction, and 2 appears next to it.

After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2:

The two scanned images appear.

Related Topic

Scanning Items Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch)

529

Scanning with Scanner Driver

You can scan by starting the scanner driver from various applications.

Refer to Help of Mac OS for how to scan.

Important

• When scanning with the scanner driver in Mac OS X v10.6.8, select JPEG or TIFF in Format. Scanned

images are saved in the format set in Data Format in the Settings (Driver) dialog of IJ Scan Utility.

Note

• Refer to "Image Corrections and Color Adjustments" for details on the setting procedures for image

correction and color adjustment.

• Refer to "General Notes (Scanner Driver)" for the scanner driver.

• Refer to "Updating the Scanner Driver" for the scanner driver.

• In the Settings (Driver) dialog of IJ Scan Utility, you can also make advanced settings for scanning

with the scanner driver.

530

Image Corrections and Color Adjustments

You can correct images and adjust colors using the scanner driver.

Important

• When image correction or color adjustment is applied to items without moire, dust/scratches, or faded

colors, the color tone may be adversely affected.

• Image correction results are not reflected in the trial scan screen.

Note

• Screens may vary depending on the application.

• Selectable settings depend on Kind settings.

• Scanning may take longer than usual when image correction or color adjustment is applied.

Image Adjustment

When Image Adjustment is set, the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized. Images

can be adjusted according to the automatically detected item type or the specified item type. The result

of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image.

None

Image Adjustment will not be applied.

Auto

Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the item type. It is recommended that you

normally select this setting.

Photo

Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos.

Magazine

Applies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines.

Document

Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents.

531

Note

• If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto, specify the item type.

• The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment. In that case, set

Image Adjustment to None.

Reduce Dust

Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches. Use this function to reduce such

noise.

None

Dust and scratches will not be reduced.

Low

Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches. Large ones may remain.

Medium

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches; however, evidence of the reduction

process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed.

Important

• This function may not be effective for some types of photos.

Note

• It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials.

Fading Correction

Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast. "Colorcast" is a

phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong

colors.

None

Fading Correction will not be applied.

Low

Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast.

Medium

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast. This can affect the tone of the image.

Important

• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.

• Not effective if Color is not selected for Kind.

Grain Correction

Use this function to reduce graininess (roughness) in photos taken with high-speed or sensitized film,

etc.

None

Graininess will not be reduced.

532

Low

Select this when the photo is slightly grainy.

Medium

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Select this when the photo is very grainy. This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the

image.

Important

• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.

Gutter Correction

Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.

Unclear or blurred text/lines caused by curved pages are not corrected.

None

Gutter shadow will not be corrected.

Low

Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting.

Medium

It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

High

Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting.

Important

• Do not place objects that weigh 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg) or more on the platen. In addition, do not press on

the item with a force exceeding 4.4 lbs (2.0 kg). If you press heavily, the scanner may not work

correctly or you might break the glass.

• Align the item with the edge of the platen. If placed slanted, correction will not be applied properly.

• Correction may not be applied properly depending on the item. If the page background is not white,

shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all.

• While scanning, press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview

the scan. If the binding part is not even, correction will not be applied properly.

533

• How to place the item depends on your model and the item to be scanned.

Unsharp Mask

Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.

Descreen

Reduces moire patterns.

Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where uneven

gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned.

Important

• When enabling Descreen, disable Unsharp Mask. If Unsharp Mask is enabled, some moire

effects may remain.

Note

• Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Descreen.

Reduce Show-through

Use this function to reduce show-through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled

paper and other colored paper when scanning documents.

Important

•Reduce Show-through is effective only when Document or Magazine is selected for Image

Adjustment.

Calibrate before each scan

Calibrates the scanner every time before trial scanning and scanning, to reproduce correct color tones

in scanned images.

Note

• Calibration may take time depending on your computer.

534

General Notes (Scanner Driver)

The scanner driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using the scanner

driver.

Scanner Driver Restrictions

• If the computer is shared among multiple users or when you have logged out and back on, a message

indicating that the scanner driver is in use may appear. In that case, disconnect the USB cable from

the computer, then reconnect it.

• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep state with the scanner driver active. In that

case, follow these steps and scan again.

1. Turn off the machine.

2. Exit the scanner driver, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.

3. Turn on the machine.

• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same

computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the

operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices.

• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be

accessed from multiple computers at the same time.

• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than

usual.

• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high

resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600

dpi in full-color.

• Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.

535

Updating the Scanner Driver

Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver

Before Installing the Scanner Driver

Installing the Scanner Driver

536

Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver

Upgrading your current scanner driver to the latest scanner driver may solve some problems you have

experienced.

To obtain the scanner driver, access our website and download the scanner driver for your model.

Important

• Scanner driver can be downloaded for free; however, Internet connection fees apply.

Related Topic

Before Installing the Scanner Driver

Installing the Scanner Driver

537

Before Installing the Scanner Driver

Check the following points before installing the scanner driver. Check these also when you cannot install the

scanner driver.

Machine Status

• If the machine and computer are connected with a USB cable, disconnect the USB cable from the

computer.

Computer Settings

• Close all running applications.

• Log in as the administrator of the computer. You will be required to enter the name and password of the

user with administrator privileges. If you have multiple user accounts on Mac OS X, log in with the first

administrator account created.

Important

• If you install an older version of the scanner driver after installing a newer one, the scanner driver may

not operate properly. In that case, reinstall the newer scanner driver.

Note

• When installing multiple versions of the scanner driver, install the older scanner driver first.

Related Topic

Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver

Installing the Scanner Driver

538

Installing the Scanner Driver

Access our website via the Internet to download the latest scanner driver.

Follow these steps to install the downloaded scanner driver.

1. Mount the disk.

Double-click the downloaded disk image file.

The file is decompressed and the disk is mounted.

2. Start the installer.

Double-click the ".pkg" file in the decompressed disk.

Installation starts.

3. Install the driver.

Follow the prompts to install.

When the license agreement screen appears, read the terms and click Continue. If you do not accept

the license agreement, you cannot install this software.

If an authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, then click Install

Software.

4. Complete the installation.

The scanner driver is installed.

Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model

and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection.

Refer to "Network Scan Settings" for the setting procedure.

Important

• Installation may fail if you click Go Back during the process. In that case, select Quit Installer from the

Installer menu to exit the installer, then start over the installation.

• Scanner driver can be downloaded for free; however, Internet connection fees apply.

Related Topic

Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver

Before Installing the Scanner Driver

539

Useful Information on Scanning

Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window

Resolution

Data Formats

540

Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window

"Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when

scanning it.

In the Image Stitch window, you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area.

Note

• Refer to Help of Image Capture for how to adjust the cropping frames (selection boxes) in the screen

displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.

Initial Cropping Frame

No cropping frame is specified. When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox, an active

cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area. You can drag the

cropping frame to specify the area.

When you perform a scan, the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned.

Adjusting a Cropping Frame

The cursor will change into (Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping frame. Click and drag

the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame.

The cursor will change into (Hand) when it is positioned within a cropping frame. Click and drag the

mouse to move the entire cropping frame.

Deleting Cropping Frames

To delete the cropping frame, deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox.

541

Resolution

The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and

color. The density of these dots is called "resolution", and resolution will determine the amount of detail your

image contains. The unit of resolution is dots per inch (dpi). Dpi is the number of dots per inch (2.5 cm).

The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image; the lower the resolution (value), the less

detail.

How to Set the Resolution

You can set the resolution in Resolution on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab of the Settings

dialog.

Appropriate Resolution Settings

Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image.

Item Type Use Color Mode Appropriate

Resolution

Color photo

Copying

(Printing) Color 300 dpi

Creating a postcard Color 300 dpi

Saving to a computer Color 300 dpi

Using on a website or attaching

to e-mail Color 150 dpi

Black and white photo

Saving to a computer Grayscale 300 dpi

Using on a website or attaching

to e-mail Grayscale 150 dpi

Text document (document or

magazine)

Copying Color, Grayscale, or

Black and White 300 dpi

Attaching to e-mail Color, Grayscale, or

Black and White 150 dpi

Scanning text using OCR Color or Grayscale 300 dpi

Important

• If you double the resolution, the data size of the scanned image quadruples. If the file is too large, the

processing speed will slow down significantly, and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of

memory. Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image.

542

Note

• When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it, scan by setting a higher resolution than

the recommended one above.

543

Data Formats

You can select a data format when saving scanned images. You should specify the most suitable data

format according to how you want to use the image on which application.

Available data formats vary by application and operating system (Windows or Mac OS).

See below for the characteristics of each image data format.

PNG (Standard File Extension: .png)

A data format often used on websites.

PNG is suitable for editing saved images.

JPEG (Standard File Extension: .jpg)

A data format often used on websites and for digital camera images.

JPEG features high compression rates. JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are saved, and

cannot be returned to their original state.

JPEG is not available for black and white images.

TIFF (Standard File Extension: .tif)

A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications.

TIFF is suitable for editing saved images.

Note

• Some TIFF files are incompatible.

• IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats.

• Uncompressed, black and white binary

• Uncompressed, RGB (8 bits per channel)

• Uncompressed, Grayscale

PDF (Standard File Extension: .pdf)

A data format for electronic documents, developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated.

It can be used on various computers and operating systems, and fonts can be embedded as well; therefore,

people in different environments can exchange the files without being aware of the differences.

544

Placing Items (When Scanning from a Computer)

Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the

type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly.

Important

• Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall

into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.

• Close the document cover when scanning.

Placing Items

Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically.

Important

• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or the scanner driver, align an upper

corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.

• Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square cannot

be cropped accurately when scanning.

• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.

• When scanned using the scanner driver, the response may differ. In that case, adjust the cropping

frame (selection box) manually.

For Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, or BD/DVD/CD For Magazines, Newspapers, or Documents

Placing a Single Item:

Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)

or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of

the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally

striped area cannot be scanned.

Important

• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be

placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of

the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a

Place the item face-down on the platen and align an

upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow

(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on

the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

Important

• Refer to "Loading Originals" for your model from

Home of the Online Manual for details on the

portions in which items cannot be scanned.

545

format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data

format.

Placing Multiple Items:

Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges

(diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and

between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped

area cannot be scanned.

more than 0.4 inch (1 cm)

Note

• In IJ Scan Utility, you can place up to 12 items.

• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are

corrected automatically.

546

Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine

Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the

Machine Basic

Attaching the Scanned Data to E-mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

Network Scan Settings

Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan

Utility

547

Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation

Panel of the Machine

Before forwarding scanned data to the computer, confirm the following:

•The scanner driver is installed.

If the scanner driver is not yet installed, install the scanner driver from our website.

•The machine is connected to a computer correctly.

Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly.

Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is in operation, or when the computer is in the

sleep or standby mode.

If you perform scanning via a network connection, make sure that all the required settings have been

specified.

Network Scan Settings

•The destination and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility.

You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility. For details on settings of

Canon IJ Scan Utility:

Settings Dialog

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Scan.

Using the Operation Panel

If you forward the data to the USB-connected computer:

The Scan standby screen is displayed.

Go to step 3.

Note

•If the screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed, tap PC, then tap Local (USB).

The Scan standby screen is displayed.

If you forward the data to the network-connected computer:

The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed.

548

Note

•If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB-connected computer is displayed on

the touch screen, tap to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data.

Select the computer to forward the scanned data following the procedure below.

1. Tap PC.

2. Tap the computer to forward the scanned data.

The Scan standby screen is displayed.

Note

• If you tap Local (USB) on the Select PC screen, the data is forwarded to the USB-connected

computer.

•When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD (one of the network

protocols supported in Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista), select

Enable for WSD scan from this device on WSD setting on Other settings in LAN settings

under Device settings.

WSD setting

If you tap Search again, the machine starts searching for the connected computers again.

3. Specify the settings as necessary.

549

A. Tap to select the document type.

Note

•When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD, you cannot select

the document type.

Auto scan

This item is available only when the machine is connected to the computer using a USB

cable.

The machine detects the type of the originals automatically and the image is forwarded in the

optimized size, resolution and data format.

Important

• You can select Auto scan only when you forward the scanned data to the USB-connected

computer.

• Load originals properly according to their type; otherwise, some originals may not be scanned

properly.

For details on how to load the original:

Loading Originals

• The following items can be scanned:

Photos, postcards, visiting cards, magazines, newspapers, documents, BD/DVD/CDs

• The following items cannot be scanned properly.

•A4 sized photos

•Documents smaller than 5 inches x 7 inches (127 mm x 178 mm) such as a paperback

with its backbone cut off

•Originals on thin white paper

•Long and narrow originals such as panoramic photographs

Document

Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in

Scan settings.

Photo

Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan

settings.

B. Tap to display Scan settings screen.

For details on the setting items:

Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

550

C. Tap to display how to load the original.

D. Tap to display the screen to select the destination.

4. Load the original on the platen glass.

5. Press the Color button for color scanning, or the Black button for black & white scanning.

Note

•When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD, press the Color button.

•If you select JPEG or TIFF for Format on the scan setting screen:

The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer.

•When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen:

The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is

complete.

If you continue scanning, load the original on the platen glass and start scanning.

If you do not continue scanning, tap End. The scanned data is forwarded to the computer.

Scanned data is forwarded to the computer according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility.

Remove the original on the platen glass after scanning is complete.

Important

•If the scanning result with Auto scan is not satisfactory, select the document type or size

according to the original in step 3.

If you want to scan originals with advanced settings, or if you want to edit

or print the scanned images:

If you scan originals from a computer using My Image Garden, My Image Garden enables you to edit the

scanned images, such as optimizing or trimming.

In addition, you can edit or print the scanned images using the compatible application software to make

better use of them.

Scanning Photos and Documents

551

Attaching the Scanned Data to E-mail Using the Operation Panel of

the Machine

Before attaching scanned data to an e-mail, confirm the following:

•The scanner driver is installed.

If the scanner driver is not yet installed, install the scanner driver from our website.

•The machine is connected to a computer correctly.

Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly.

Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the machine is in operation, or when the computer is in the

sleep or standby mode.

If you perform scanning via a network connection, make sure that all the required settings have been

specified.

Network Scan Settings

•The mail software and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility.

You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility. For details on settings of

Canon IJ Scan Utility:

Settings Dialog

1. Make sure that the machine is turned on.

2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Scan.

Using the Operation Panel

The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed.

Note

•If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB-connected computer is displayed

on the touch screen, tap to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data.

3. Tap Attach to E-mail.

552

4. Tap the computer to forward the scanned data.

Tap Local (USB) for a USB-connected computer, or tap the computer to forward the scanned data for a

network-connected computer.

The Scan standby screen is displayed.

5. Specify the settings as necessary.

A. Tap to select the document type.

Document

Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in

Scan settings.

Photo

Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan

settings.

B. Tap to display Scan settings screen.

For details on the setting items:

Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine

C. Tap to display how to load the original.

D. Tap to display the screen to select the destination.

6. Load the original on the platen glass.

7. Press the Color button for color scanning, or the Black button for black & white scanning.

•If you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen:

The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e-

mail.

•If you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen:

553

The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is

complete.

If you continue scanning, load the original on the platen glass and start scanning.

If you do not continue scanning, tap End. The scanned data is forwarded to the computer.

Scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e-mail according to the settings specified

in Canon IJ Scan Utility.

For the settings or how to send an e-mail, refer to the mail software's instruction manual.

Remove the original on the platen glass after scanning is complete.

554

Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the

Machine

You can change the scan settings such as the scan size, resolution, or data format.

When the Scan standby screen is displayed, tap Settings to select the setting item. Flick to display setting

items, then tap the setting item to display the settings. Tap to specify the setting.

Note

• The scan setting cannot be specified under the following conditions:

• When Auto scan is selected for Doc.type to forward the scanned data to the computer

• When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD (one of the network protocols

supported in Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista)

• The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out.

• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item, the document

type selected for Doc.type, or the scan menu on the screen for selecting to which you save the data. If

the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, and Error details are displayed on

the touch screen. In this case, tap on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the message,

then change the setting.

• The specified scan settings such as the scan size, resolution, and data format are retained even if the

machine is turned off.

• When scanning starts in the scan menu that is not available with the specified setting, The specified

function is not available with current settings. is displayed on the touch screen. Change the setting,

following the on-screen instructions.

• When you forward the scanned data to the computer or attach the data to an e-mail, you can specify

the destination and file name using Canon IJ Scan Utility.

Settings Dialog

• If you scan originals from the computer, you can scan with advanced settings. For details on scanning

from the computer:

Scanning Photos and Documents

1. Scan size

Select the size of the original.

2. Format

Select the data format of the scanned data.

555

3. Scan res (Scan resolution)

Select the resolution for scanning.

4. Preview

This setting is not available.

5. Reduce show-thru (Reducing show-through)

Characters on the back may show through when scanning a thin document such as a newspaper. Select

ON if characters seem to show through on the scanned document.

This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc.type.

6. Descreen

A printout consists of minute dots to make characters or graphs. Interfering with each dot may result in

uneven shades or a striped pattern. Select ON if you notice any uneven shades or a striped pattern on

the scanned image.

This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc.type.

Note

• Even if ON is selected for this setting, some moire effects may remain if Unsharp mask is set to

ON. In that case, select OFF for Unsharp mask.

7. Unsharp mask

The outline of small characters or thin objects such as a hair or leaves on a photo can be accentuated.

Select ON if you want to accentuate the outline of the scanned data.

556

Network Scan Settings

You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images

into a specified computer.

Important

• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.

• To scan over a network, enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer.

Note

• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on the

web page.

• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.

Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility

In the IJ Scan Utility main screen, select your scanner or printer that is connected to a network.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product

Name.

You can scan via a network connection.

Note

• If you cannot scan, check that your scanner or printer is selected in the network selection

screen.

• For USB connection, select "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product

Name.

Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel

You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Click Settings....

The Settings dialog appears.

3. Click the (General Settings) tab.

557

The Settings (General Settings) dialog appears.

4. In Product Name, select an item with "Network" after the product name, then click Select

that appears to its right.

The network selection screen appears.

5. Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.

The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.

6. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.

7. Return to the network selection screen, then click OK.

The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan from the operation panel.

Note

• If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected, check the

following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.

• The scanner driver is installed

• Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver

• Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled

If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to "Problems with Network Communication" for

your model from Home of the Online Manual.

558

Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel

Using IJ Scan Utility

IJ Scan Utility allows you to specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel.

Note

• The screens for scanning with Auto Scan from the operation panel are used as examples in the

following descriptions.

1. Start IJ Scan Utility.

2. Click Settings....

The Settings dialog appears.

3. Select a scan mode on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab.

Note

•Refer to the following for details.

559

Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog

Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog

Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog

Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog

4. Set Scan Options.

5. Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings.

560

6. Select the application you want to start after scanning in Application Settings.

7. Click OK.

The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the

operation panel.

561

Troubleshooting

The Machine Cannot Be Powered On

Printing Does Not Start

Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs

Print Results Not Satisfactory

Ink Is Not Ejected

Paper Jams

If an Error Occurs

Search Each Function

Problems with Network Communication

Problems with Printing

Problems with Printing Quality

Problems with Scanning

Problems with the Machine

Problems with Installation/Downloading

About Errors/Messages Displayed

If You Cannot Resolve the Problem

562

Problems with Network Communication

Problems with the Machine While Using with Network

Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network

Canon Pixma Mg6620 Users Manual

MG6600 to the manual 37020450-07a9-41ee-97a8-8704bf52002d

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation